]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blame - gcc/doc/tm.texi.in
Correct a function pre/postcondition [PR102403].
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / doc / tm.texi.in
CommitLineData
99dee823 1@c Copyright (C) 1988-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38f8b050
JR
2@c This is part of the GCC manual.
3@c For copying conditions, see the file gcc.texi.
4
5@node Target Macros
6@chapter Target Description Macros and Functions
7@cindex machine description macros
8@cindex target description macros
9@cindex macros, target description
10@cindex @file{tm.h} macros
11
12In addition to the file @file{@var{machine}.md}, a machine description
13includes a C header file conventionally given the name
14@file{@var{machine}.h} and a C source file named @file{@var{machine}.c}.
15The header file defines numerous macros that convey the information
16about the target machine that does not fit into the scheme of the
17@file{.md} file. The file @file{tm.h} should be a link to
18@file{@var{machine}.h}. The header file @file{config.h} includes
19@file{tm.h} and most compiler source files include @file{config.h}. The
20source file defines a variable @code{targetm}, which is a structure
21containing pointers to functions and data relating to the target
22machine. @file{@var{machine}.c} should also contain their definitions,
23if they are not defined elsewhere in GCC, and other functions called
24through the macros defined in the @file{.h} file.
25
26@menu
27* Target Structure:: The @code{targetm} variable.
28* Driver:: Controlling how the driver runs the compilation passes.
29* Run-time Target:: Defining @samp{-m} options like @option{-m68000} and @option{-m68020}.
30* Per-Function Data:: Defining data structures for per-function information.
31* Storage Layout:: Defining sizes and alignments of data.
32* Type Layout:: Defining sizes and properties of basic user data types.
33* Registers:: Naming and describing the hardware registers.
34* Register Classes:: Defining the classes of hardware registers.
38f8b050
JR
35* Stack and Calling:: Defining which way the stack grows and by how much.
36* Varargs:: Defining the varargs macros.
37* Trampolines:: Code set up at run time to enter a nested function.
38* Library Calls:: Controlling how library routines are implicitly called.
39* Addressing Modes:: Defining addressing modes valid for memory operands.
40* Anchored Addresses:: Defining how @option{-fsection-anchors} should work.
41* Condition Code:: Defining how insns update the condition code.
42* Costs:: Defining relative costs of different operations.
43* Scheduling:: Adjusting the behavior of the instruction scheduler.
44* Sections:: Dividing storage into text, data, and other sections.
45* PIC:: Macros for position independent code.
46* Assembler Format:: Defining how to write insns and pseudo-ops to output.
47* Debugging Info:: Defining the format of debugging output.
48* Floating Point:: Handling floating point for cross-compilers.
49* Mode Switching:: Insertion of mode-switching instructions.
50* Target Attributes:: Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__}.
51* Emulated TLS:: Emulated TLS support.
52* MIPS Coprocessors:: MIPS coprocessor support and how to customize it.
53* PCH Target:: Validity checking for precompiled headers.
54* C++ ABI:: Controlling C++ ABI changes.
b4c522fa 55* D Language and ABI:: Controlling D ABI changes.
38f8b050
JR
56* Named Address Spaces:: Adding support for named address spaces
57* Misc:: Everything else.
58@end menu
59
60@node Target Structure
61@section The Global @code{targetm} Variable
62@cindex target hooks
63@cindex target functions
64
65@deftypevar {struct gcc_target} targetm
66The target @file{.c} file must define the global @code{targetm} variable
67which contains pointers to functions and data relating to the target
68machine. The variable is declared in @file{target.h};
69@file{target-def.h} defines the macro @code{TARGET_INITIALIZER} which is
70used to initialize the variable, and macros for the default initializers
71for elements of the structure. The @file{.c} file should override those
72macros for which the default definition is inappropriate. For example:
73@smallexample
74#include "target.h"
75#include "target-def.h"
76
77/* @r{Initialize the GCC target structure.} */
78
79#undef TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
80#define TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES @var{machine}_comp_type_attributes
81
82struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER;
83@end smallexample
84@end deftypevar
85
86Where a macro should be defined in the @file{.c} file in this manner to
87form part of the @code{targetm} structure, it is documented below as a
88``Target Hook'' with a prototype. Many macros will change in future
89from being defined in the @file{.h} file to being part of the
90@code{targetm} structure.
91
acce4e77
JM
92Similarly, there is a @code{targetcm} variable for hooks that are
93specific to front ends for C-family languages, documented as ``C
94Target Hook''. This is declared in @file{c-family/c-target.h}, the
dd5a833e 95initializer @code{TARGETCM_INITIALIZER} in
acce4e77
JM
96@file{c-family/c-target-def.h}. If targets initialize @code{targetcm}
97themselves, they should set @code{target_has_targetcm=yes} in
98@file{config.gcc}; otherwise a default definition is used.
99
c49a6962
JM
100Similarly, there is a @code{targetm_common} variable for hooks that
101are shared between the compiler driver and the compilers proper,
102documented as ``Common Target Hook''. This is declared in
103@file{common/common-target.h}, the initializer
104@code{TARGETM_COMMON_INITIALIZER} in
105@file{common/common-target-def.h}. If targets initialize
106@code{targetm_common} themselves, they should set
107@code{target_has_targetm_common=yes} in @file{config.gcc}; otherwise a
108default definition is used.
109
b4c522fa
IB
110Similarly, there is a @code{targetdm} variable for hooks that are
111specific to the D language front end, documented as ``D Target Hook''.
112This is declared in @file{d/d-target.h}, the initializer
113@code{TARGETDM_INITIALIZER} in @file{d/d-target-def.h}. If targets
114initialize @code{targetdm} themselves, they should set
115@code{target_has_targetdm=yes} in @file{config.gcc}; otherwise a default
116definition is used.
117
38f8b050
JR
118@node Driver
119@section Controlling the Compilation Driver, @file{gcc}
120@cindex driver
121@cindex controlling the compilation driver
122
123@c prevent bad page break with this line
124You can control the compilation driver.
125
38f8b050
JR
126@defmac DRIVER_SELF_SPECS
127A list of specs for the driver itself. It should be a suitable
128initializer for an array of strings, with no surrounding braces.
129
130The driver applies these specs to its own command line between loading
131default @file{specs} files (but not command-line specified ones) and
132choosing the multilib directory or running any subcommands. It
133applies them in the order given, so each spec can depend on the
134options added by earlier ones. It is also possible to remove options
135using @samp{%<@var{option}} in the usual way.
136
137This macro can be useful when a port has several interdependent target
138options. It provides a way of standardizing the command line so
139that the other specs are easier to write.
140
141Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
142@end defmac
143
144@defmac OPTION_DEFAULT_SPECS
145A list of specs used to support configure-time default options (i.e.@:
146@option{--with} options) in the driver. It should be a suitable initializer
147for an array of structures, each containing two strings, without the
148outermost pair of surrounding braces.
149
150The first item in the pair is the name of the default. This must match
151the code in @file{config.gcc} for the target. The second item is a spec
152to apply if a default with this name was specified. The string
153@samp{%(VALUE)} in the spec will be replaced by the value of the default
154everywhere it occurs.
155
156The driver will apply these specs to its own command line between loading
157default @file{specs} files and processing @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}, using
158the same mechanism as @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}.
159
160Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
161@end defmac
162
163@defmac CPP_SPEC
164A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
165pass to CPP@. It can also specify how to translate options you
166give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the CPP@.
167
168Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
169@end defmac
170
171@defmac CPLUSPLUS_CPP_SPEC
172This macro is just like @code{CPP_SPEC}, but is used for C++, rather
173than C@. If you do not define this macro, then the value of
174@code{CPP_SPEC} (if any) will be used instead.
175@end defmac
176
177@defmac CC1_SPEC
178A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
179pass to @code{cc1}, @code{cc1plus}, @code{f771}, and the other language
180front ends.
181It can also specify how to translate options you give to GCC into options
182for GCC to pass to front ends.
183
184Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
185@end defmac
186
187@defmac CC1PLUS_SPEC
188A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
189pass to @code{cc1plus}. It can also specify how to translate options you
190give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the @code{cc1plus}.
191
192Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
193Note that everything defined in CC1_SPEC is already passed to
194@code{cc1plus} so there is no need to duplicate the contents of
195CC1_SPEC in CC1PLUS_SPEC@.
196@end defmac
197
198@defmac ASM_SPEC
199A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
200pass to the assembler. It can also specify how to translate options
201you give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the assembler.
202See the file @file{sun3.h} for an example of this.
203
204Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
205@end defmac
206
207@defmac ASM_FINAL_SPEC
208A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program how to
209run any programs which cleanup after the normal assembler.
210Normally, this is not needed. See the file @file{mips.h} for
211an example of this.
212
213Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
214@end defmac
215
216@defmac AS_NEEDS_DASH_FOR_PIPED_INPUT
217Define this macro, with no value, if the driver should give the assembler
218an argument consisting of a single dash, @option{-}, to instruct it to
219read from its standard input (which will be a pipe connected to the
220output of the compiler proper). This argument is given after any
221@option{-o} option specifying the name of the output file.
222
223If you do not define this macro, the assembler is assumed to read its
224standard input if given no non-option arguments. If your assembler
225cannot read standard input at all, use a @samp{%@{pipe:%e@}} construct;
226see @file{mips.h} for instance.
227@end defmac
228
229@defmac LINK_SPEC
230A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
231pass to the linker. It can also specify how to translate options you
232give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the linker.
233
234Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
235@end defmac
236
237@defmac LIB_SPEC
238Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The difference
239between the two is that @code{LIB_SPEC} is used at the end of the
240command given to the linker.
241
242If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that
243loads the standard C library from the usual place. See @file{gcc.c}.
244@end defmac
245
246@defmac LIBGCC_SPEC
247Another C string constant that tells the GCC driver program
248how and when to place a reference to @file{libgcc.a} into the
249linker command line. This constant is placed both before and after
250the value of @code{LIB_SPEC}.
251
252If this macro is not defined, the GCC driver provides a default that
253passes the string @option{-lgcc} to the linker.
254@end defmac
255
256@defmac REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC
257By default, if @code{ENABLE_SHARED_LIBGCC} is defined, the
258@code{LIBGCC_SPEC} is not directly used by the driver program but is
259instead modified to refer to different versions of @file{libgcc.a}
260depending on the values of the command line flags @option{-static},
261@option{-shared}, @option{-static-libgcc}, and @option{-shared-libgcc}. On
262targets where these modifications are inappropriate, define
263@code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} instead. @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} tells the
264driver how to place a reference to @file{libgcc} on the link command
265line, but, unlike @code{LIBGCC_SPEC}, it is used unmodified.
266@end defmac
267
268@defmac USE_LD_AS_NEEDED
269A macro that controls the modifications to @code{LIBGCC_SPEC}
270mentioned in @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC}. If nonzero, a spec will be
e927b6ad
RO
271generated that uses @option{--as-needed} or equivalent options and the
272shared @file{libgcc} in place of the
38f8b050
JR
273static exception handler library, when linking without any of
274@code{-static}, @code{-static-libgcc}, or @code{-shared-libgcc}.
275@end defmac
276
277@defmac LINK_EH_SPEC
278If defined, this C string constant is added to @code{LINK_SPEC}.
279When @code{USE_LD_AS_NEEDED} is zero or undefined, it also affects
280the modifications to @code{LIBGCC_SPEC} mentioned in
281@code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC}.
282@end defmac
283
284@defmac STARTFILE_SPEC
285Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The
286difference between the two is that @code{STARTFILE_SPEC} is used at
287the very beginning of the command given to the linker.
288
289If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that loads the
290standard C startup file from the usual place. See @file{gcc.c}.
291@end defmac
292
293@defmac ENDFILE_SPEC
294Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The
295difference between the two is that @code{ENDFILE_SPEC} is used at
296the very end of the command given to the linker.
297
298Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
299@end defmac
300
301@defmac THREAD_MODEL_SPEC
302GCC @code{-v} will print the thread model GCC was configured to use.
303However, this doesn't work on platforms that are multilibbed on thread
304models, such as AIX 4.3. On such platforms, define
305@code{THREAD_MODEL_SPEC} such that it evaluates to a string without
306blanks that names one of the recognized thread models. @code{%*}, the
307default value of this macro, will expand to the value of
308@code{thread_file} set in @file{config.gcc}.
309@end defmac
310
311@defmac SYSROOT_SUFFIX_SPEC
312Define this macro to add a suffix to the target sysroot when GCC is
313configured with a sysroot. This will cause GCC to search for usr/lib,
314et al, within sysroot+suffix.
315@end defmac
316
317@defmac SYSROOT_HEADERS_SUFFIX_SPEC
318Define this macro to add a headers_suffix to the target sysroot when
319GCC is configured with a sysroot. This will cause GCC to pass the
320updated sysroot+headers_suffix to CPP, causing it to search for
321usr/include, et al, within sysroot+headers_suffix.
322@end defmac
323
324@defmac EXTRA_SPECS
325Define this macro to provide additional specifications to put in the
326@file{specs} file that can be used in various specifications like
327@code{CC1_SPEC}.
328
329The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures,
330containing a string constant, that defines the specification name, and a
331string constant that provides the specification.
332
333Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
334
335@code{EXTRA_SPECS} is useful when an architecture contains several
336related targets, which have various @code{@dots{}_SPECS} which are similar
337to each other, and the maintainer would like one central place to keep
338these definitions.
339
340For example, the PowerPC System V.4 targets use @code{EXTRA_SPECS} to
341define either @code{_CALL_SYSV} when the System V calling sequence is
342used or @code{_CALL_AIX} when the older AIX-based calling sequence is
343used.
344
345The @file{config/rs6000/rs6000.h} target file defines:
346
347@smallexample
348#define EXTRA_SPECS \
349 @{ "cpp_sysv_default", CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT @},
350
351#define CPP_SYS_DEFAULT ""
352@end smallexample
353
354The @file{config/rs6000/sysv.h} target file defines:
355@smallexample
356#undef CPP_SPEC
357#define CPP_SPEC \
358"%@{posix: -D_POSIX_SOURCE @} \
359%@{mcall-sysv: -D_CALL_SYSV @} \
360%@{!mcall-sysv: %(cpp_sysv_default) @} \
361%@{msoft-float: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@} %@{mcpu=403: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@}"
362
363#undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT
364#define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_SYSV"
365@end smallexample
366
367while the @file{config/rs6000/eabiaix.h} target file defines
368@code{CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT} as:
369
370@smallexample
371#undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT
372#define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_AIX"
373@end smallexample
374@end defmac
375
376@defmac LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL_1
377Define this macro if the driver program should find the library
378@file{libgcc.a}. If you do not define this macro, the driver program will pass
379the argument @option{-lgcc} to tell the linker to do the search.
380@end defmac
381
382@defmac LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC
383The sequence in which libgcc and libc are specified to the linker.
384By default this is @code{%G %L %G}.
385@end defmac
386
d9386123
AP
387@defmac POST_LINK_SPEC
388Define this macro to add additional steps to be executed after linker.
389The default value of this macro is empty string.
390@end defmac
391
38f8b050
JR
392@defmac LINK_COMMAND_SPEC
393A C string constant giving the complete command line need to execute the
394linker. When you do this, you will need to update your port each time a
395change is made to the link command line within @file{gcc.c}. Therefore,
396define this macro only if you need to completely redefine the command
397line for invoking the linker and there is no other way to accomplish
398the effect you need. Overriding this macro may be avoidable by overriding
399@code{LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC} instead.
400@end defmac
401
c49a6962
JM
402@hook TARGET_ALWAYS_STRIP_DOTDOT
403
38f8b050
JR
404@defmac MULTILIB_DEFAULTS
405Define this macro as a C expression for the initializer of an array of
406string to tell the driver program which options are defaults for this
407target and thus do not need to be handled specially when using
408@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS}.
409
410Do not define this macro if @code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} is not defined in
411the target makefile fragment or if none of the options listed in
412@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} are set by default.
413@xref{Target Fragment}.
414@end defmac
415
416@defmac RELATIVE_PREFIX_NOT_LINKDIR
417Define this macro to tell @command{gcc} that it should only translate
418a @option{-B} prefix into a @option{-L} linker option if the prefix
419indicates an absolute file name.
420@end defmac
421
422@defmac MD_EXEC_PREFIX
423If defined, this macro is an additional prefix to try after
424@code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}. @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched
425when the compiler is built as a cross
426compiler. If you define @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, then be sure to add it
6b1786aa 427to the list of directories used to find the assembler in @file{configure.ac}.
38f8b050
JR
428@end defmac
429
430@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
431Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
432standard choice of @code{libdir} as the default prefix to
433try when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
434@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX} is not searched when the compiler
435is built as a cross compiler.
436@end defmac
437
438@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
439Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
440standard choice of @code{/lib} as a prefix to try after the default prefix
441when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
442@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1} is not searched when the compiler
443is built as a cross compiler.
444@end defmac
445
446@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2
447Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
448standard choice of @code{/lib} as yet another prefix to try after the
449default prefix when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
450@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2} is not searched when the compiler
451is built as a cross compiler.
452@end defmac
453
454@defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
455If defined, this macro supplies an additional prefix to try after the
456standard prefixes. @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched when the
457compiler is built as a cross compiler.
458@end defmac
459
460@defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
461If defined, this macro supplies yet another prefix to try after the
462standard prefixes. It is not searched when the compiler is built as a
463cross compiler.
464@end defmac
465
466@defmac INIT_ENVIRONMENT
467Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to set environment
468variables for programs called by the driver, such as the assembler and
469loader. The driver passes the value of this macro to @code{putenv} to
470initialize the necessary environment variables.
471@end defmac
472
473@defmac LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR
474Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
475standard choice of @file{/usr/local/include} as the default prefix to
476try when searching for local header files. @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR}
08b2bad2
SB
477comes before @code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR} (set in
478@file{config.gcc}, normally @file{/usr/include}) in the search order.
38f8b050
JR
479
480Cross compilers do not search either @file{/usr/local/include} or its
481replacement.
482@end defmac
483
08b2bad2
SB
484@defmac NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_COMPONENT
485The ``component'' corresponding to @code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR}.
38f8b050
JR
486See @code{INCLUDE_DEFAULTS}, below, for the description of components.
487If you do not define this macro, no component is used.
488@end defmac
489
490@defmac INCLUDE_DEFAULTS
491Define this macro if you wish to override the entire default search path
492for include files. For a native compiler, the default search path
493usually consists of @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR}, @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR},
08b2bad2
SB
494@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}, and
495@code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR}. In addition, @code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}
38f8b050
JR
496and @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR} are defined automatically by @file{Makefile},
497and specify private search areas for GCC@. The directory
498@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR} is used only for C++ programs.
499
500The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures.
501Each array element should have four elements: the directory name (a
502string constant), the component name (also a string constant), a flag
503for C++-only directories,
504and a flag showing that the includes in the directory don't need to be
505wrapped in @code{extern @samp{C}} when compiling C++. Mark the end of
506the array with a null element.
507
508The component name denotes what GNU package the include file is part of,
509if any, in all uppercase letters. For example, it might be @samp{GCC}
510or @samp{BINUTILS}. If the package is part of a vendor-supplied
511operating system, code the component name as @samp{0}.
512
513For example, here is the definition used for VAX/VMS:
514
515@smallexample
516#define INCLUDE_DEFAULTS \
517@{ \
518 @{ "GNU_GXX_INCLUDE:", "G++", 1, 1@}, \
519 @{ "GNU_CC_INCLUDE:", "GCC", 0, 0@}, \
520 @{ "SYS$SYSROOT:[SYSLIB.]", 0, 0, 0@}, \
521 @{ ".", 0, 0, 0@}, \
522 @{ 0, 0, 0, 0@} \
523@}
524@end smallexample
525@end defmac
526
527Here is the order of prefixes tried for exec files:
528
529@enumerate
530@item
531Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}.
532
533@item
534The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} or, if @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}
ff2ce160 535is not set and the compiler has not been installed in the configure-time
38f8b050
JR
536@var{prefix}, the location in which the compiler has actually been installed.
537
538@item
539The directories specified by the environment variable @code{COMPILER_PATH}.
540
541@item
542The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if the compiler has been installed
ff2ce160 543in the configured-time @var{prefix}.
38f8b050
JR
544
545@item
ff2ce160 546The location @file{/usr/libexec/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
38f8b050
JR
547
548@item
ff2ce160 549The location @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
38f8b050
JR
550
551@item
ff2ce160 552The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a native
38f8b050
JR
553compiler.
554@end enumerate
555
556Here is the order of prefixes tried for startfiles:
557
558@enumerate
559@item
560Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}.
561
562@item
563The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} or its automatically determined
564value based on the installed toolchain location.
565
566@item
567The directories specified by the environment variable @code{LIBRARY_PATH}
568(or port-specific name; native only, cross compilers do not use this).
569
570@item
571The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}, but only if the toolchain is installed
ff2ce160 572in the configured @var{prefix} or this is a native compiler.
38f8b050
JR
573
574@item
575The location @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
576
577@item
ff2ce160 578The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a native
38f8b050
JR
579compiler.
580
581@item
ff2ce160 582The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a
38f8b050
JR
583native compiler, or we have a target system root.
584
585@item
ff2ce160 586The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1}, if defined, but only if this is a
38f8b050
JR
587native compiler, or we have a target system root.
588
589@item
590The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, with any sysroot modifications.
591If this path is relative it will be prefixed by @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} and
592the machine suffix or @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX} and the machine suffix.
593
594@item
595The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1}, but only if this is a native
596compiler, or we have a target system root. The default for this macro is
597@file{/lib/}.
598
599@item
600The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2}, but only if this is a native
601compiler, or we have a target system root. The default for this macro is
602@file{/usr/lib/}.
603@end enumerate
604
605@node Run-time Target
606@section Run-time Target Specification
607@cindex run-time target specification
608@cindex predefined macros
609@cindex target specifications
610
611@c prevent bad page break with this line
612Here are run-time target specifications.
613
614@defmac TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS ()
615This function-like macro expands to a block of code that defines
616built-in preprocessor macros and assertions for the target CPU, using
617the functions @code{builtin_define}, @code{builtin_define_std} and
618@code{builtin_assert}. When the front end
619calls this macro it provides a trailing semicolon, and since it has
620finished command line option processing your code can use those
621results freely.
622
623@code{builtin_assert} takes a string in the form you pass to the
624command-line option @option{-A}, such as @code{cpu=mips}, and creates
625the assertion. @code{builtin_define} takes a string in the form
626accepted by option @option{-D} and unconditionally defines the macro.
627
628@code{builtin_define_std} takes a string representing the name of an
629object-like macro. If it doesn't lie in the user's namespace,
630@code{builtin_define_std} defines it unconditionally. Otherwise, it
631defines a version with two leading underscores, and another version
632with two leading and trailing underscores, and defines the original
633only if an ISO standard was not requested on the command line. For
634example, passing @code{unix} defines @code{__unix}, @code{__unix__}
635and possibly @code{unix}; passing @code{_mips} defines @code{__mips},
636@code{__mips__} and possibly @code{_mips}, and passing @code{_ABI64}
637defines only @code{_ABI64}.
638
639You can also test for the C dialect being compiled. The variable
640@code{c_language} is set to one of @code{clk_c}, @code{clk_cplusplus}
641or @code{clk_objective_c}. Note that if we are preprocessing
642assembler, this variable will be @code{clk_c} but the function-like
643macro @code{preprocessing_asm_p()} will return true, so you might want
644to check for that first. If you need to check for strict ANSI, the
645variable @code{flag_iso} can be used. The function-like macro
646@code{preprocessing_trad_p()} can be used to check for traditional
647preprocessing.
648@end defmac
649
650@defmac TARGET_OS_CPP_BUILTINS ()
651Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional
652and is used for the target operating system instead.
653@end defmac
654
655@defmac TARGET_OBJFMT_CPP_BUILTINS ()
656Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional
657and is used for the target object format. @file{elfos.h} uses this
658macro to define @code{__ELF__}, so you probably do not need to define
659it yourself.
660@end defmac
661
662@deftypevar {extern int} target_flags
663This variable is declared in @file{options.h}, which is included before
664any target-specific headers.
665@end deftypevar
666
667@hook TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS
668This variable specifies the initial value of @code{target_flags}.
669Its default setting is 0.
670@end deftypevr
671
672@cindex optional hardware or system features
673@cindex features, optional, in system conventions
674
675@hook TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION
676This hook is called whenever the user specifies one of the
677target-specific options described by the @file{.opt} definition files
678(@pxref{Options}). It has the opportunity to do some option-specific
679processing and should return true if the option is valid. The default
680definition does nothing but return true.
681
96e45421
JM
682@var{decoded} specifies the option and its arguments. @var{opts} and
683@var{opts_set} are the @code{gcc_options} structures to be used for
684storing option state, and @var{loc} is the location at which the
685option was passed (@code{UNKNOWN_LOCATION} except for options passed
686via attributes).
38f8b050
JR
687@end deftypefn
688
689@hook TARGET_HANDLE_C_OPTION
690This target hook is called whenever the user specifies one of the
691target-specific C language family options described by the @file{.opt}
692definition files(@pxref{Options}). It has the opportunity to do some
693option-specific processing and should return true if the option is
694valid. The arguments are like for @code{TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION}. The
695default definition does nothing but return false.
696
697In general, you should use @code{TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION} to handle
698options. However, if processing an option requires routines that are
699only available in the C (and related language) front ends, then you
700should use @code{TARGET_HANDLE_C_OPTION} instead.
701@end deftypefn
702
91ebb981
IS
703@hook TARGET_OBJC_CONSTRUCT_STRING_OBJECT
704
70f42967
SB
705@hook TARGET_OBJC_DECLARE_UNRESOLVED_CLASS_REFERENCE
706
707@hook TARGET_OBJC_DECLARE_CLASS_DEFINITION
708
91ebb981
IS
709@hook TARGET_STRING_OBJECT_REF_TYPE_P
710
711@hook TARGET_CHECK_STRING_OBJECT_FORMAT_ARG
26705988 712
38f8b050 713@hook TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE
38f8b050
JR
714
715@defmac C_COMMON_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS
c5387660
JM
716This is similar to the @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} hook
717but is only used in the C
38f8b050
JR
718language frontends (C, Objective-C, C++, Objective-C++) and so can be
719used to alter option flag variables which only exist in those
720frontends.
721@end defmac
722
3020190e 723@hook TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION_TABLE
38f8b050 724Some machines may desire to change what optimizations are performed for
3020190e
JM
725various optimization levels. This variable, if defined, describes
726options to enable at particular sets of optimization levels. These
727options are processed once
38f8b050 728just after the optimization level is determined and before the remainder
3020190e 729of the command options have been parsed, so may be overridden by other
2b0d3573 730options passed explicitly.
38f8b050 731
3020190e 732This processing is run once at program startup and when the optimization
38f8b050
JR
733options are changed via @code{#pragma GCC optimize} or by using the
734@code{optimize} attribute.
3020190e 735@end deftypevr
38f8b050 736
7e4aae92
JM
737@hook TARGET_OPTION_INIT_STRUCT
738
3bd36029
RS
739@defmac SWITCHABLE_TARGET
740Some targets need to switch between substantially different subtargets
741during compilation. For example, the MIPS target has one subtarget for
742the traditional MIPS architecture and another for MIPS16. Source code
743can switch between these two subarchitectures using the @code{mips16}
744and @code{nomips16} attributes.
745
746Such subtargets can differ in things like the set of available
747registers, the set of available instructions, the costs of various
748operations, and so on. GCC caches a lot of this type of information
749in global variables, and recomputing them for each subtarget takes a
750significant amount of time. The compiler therefore provides a facility
751for maintaining several versions of the global variables and quickly
752switching between them; see @file{target-globals.h} for details.
753
754Define this macro to 1 if your target needs this facility. The default
755is 0.
756@end defmac
757
9193fb05
JM
758@hook TARGET_FLOAT_EXCEPTIONS_ROUNDING_SUPPORTED_P
759
38f8b050
JR
760@node Per-Function Data
761@section Defining data structures for per-function information.
762@cindex per-function data
763@cindex data structures
764
765If the target needs to store information on a per-function basis, GCC
766provides a macro and a couple of variables to allow this. Note, just
767using statics to store the information is a bad idea, since GCC supports
768nested functions, so you can be halfway through encoding one function
769when another one comes along.
770
771GCC defines a data structure called @code{struct function} which
772contains all of the data specific to an individual function. This
773structure contains a field called @code{machine} whose type is
774@code{struct machine_function *}, which can be used by targets to point
775to their own specific data.
776
777If a target needs per-function specific data it should define the type
778@code{struct machine_function} and also the macro @code{INIT_EXPANDERS}.
779This macro should be used to initialize the function pointer
780@code{init_machine_status}. This pointer is explained below.
781
782One typical use of per-function, target specific data is to create an
783RTX to hold the register containing the function's return address. This
784RTX can then be used to implement the @code{__builtin_return_address}
785function, for level 0.
786
787Note---earlier implementations of GCC used a single data area to hold
788all of the per-function information. Thus when processing of a nested
789function began the old per-function data had to be pushed onto a
790stack, and when the processing was finished, it had to be popped off the
791stack. GCC used to provide function pointers called
792@code{save_machine_status} and @code{restore_machine_status} to handle
793the saving and restoring of the target specific information. Since the
794single data area approach is no longer used, these pointers are no
795longer supported.
796
797@defmac INIT_EXPANDERS
798Macro called to initialize any target specific information. This macro
799is called once per function, before generation of any RTL has begun.
800The intention of this macro is to allow the initialization of the
801function pointer @code{init_machine_status}.
802@end defmac
803
804@deftypevar {void (*)(struct function *)} init_machine_status
805If this function pointer is non-@code{NULL} it will be called once per
806function, before function compilation starts, in order to allow the
807target to perform any target specific initialization of the
808@code{struct function} structure. It is intended that this would be
809used to initialize the @code{machine} of that structure.
810
811@code{struct machine_function} structures are expected to be freed by GC@.
812Generally, any memory that they reference must be allocated by using
813GC allocation, including the structure itself.
814@end deftypevar
815
816@node Storage Layout
817@section Storage Layout
818@cindex storage layout
819
820Note that the definitions of the macros in this table which are sizes or
821alignments measured in bits do not need to be constant. They can be C
822expressions that refer to static variables, such as the @code{target_flags}.
823@xref{Run-time Target}.
824
825@defmac BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
826Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant bit in a
827byte has the lowest number; otherwise define it to have the value zero.
828This means that bit-field instructions count from the most significant
829bit. If the machine has no bit-field instructions, then this must still
830be defined, but it doesn't matter which value it is defined to. This
831macro need not be a constant.
832
833This macro does not affect the way structure fields are packed into
834bytes or words; that is controlled by @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN}.
835@end defmac
836
837@defmac BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
838Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant byte in a
839word has the lowest number. This macro need not be a constant.
840@end defmac
841
842@defmac WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
843Define this macro to have the value 1 if, in a multiword object, the
844most significant word has the lowest number. This applies to both
c0a6a1ef
BS
845memory locations and registers; see @code{REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} if the
846order of words in memory is not the same as the order in registers. This
38f8b050
JR
847macro need not be a constant.
848@end defmac
849
c0a6a1ef
BS
850@defmac REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
851On some machines, the order of words in a multiword object differs between
852registers in memory. In such a situation, define this macro to describe
853the order of words in a register. The macro @code{WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} controls
854the order of words in memory.
855@end defmac
856
38f8b050
JR
857@defmac FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
858Define this macro to have the value 1 if @code{DFmode}, @code{XFmode} or
859@code{TFmode} floating point numbers are stored in memory with the word
860containing the sign bit at the lowest address; otherwise define it to
861have the value 0. This macro need not be a constant.
862
863You need not define this macro if the ordering is the same as for
864multi-word integers.
865@end defmac
866
38f8b050
JR
867@defmac BITS_PER_WORD
868Number of bits in a word. If you do not define this macro, the default
869is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT * UNITS_PER_WORD}.
870@end defmac
871
872@defmac MAX_BITS_PER_WORD
873Maximum number of bits in a word. If this is undefined, the default is
874@code{BITS_PER_WORD}. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
875largest value that @code{BITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time.
876@end defmac
877
878@defmac UNITS_PER_WORD
879Number of storage units in a word; normally the size of a general-purpose
880register, a power of two from 1 or 8.
881@end defmac
882
883@defmac MIN_UNITS_PER_WORD
884Minimum number of units in a word. If this is undefined, the default is
885@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
886smallest value that @code{UNITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time.
887@end defmac
888
38f8b050
JR
889@defmac POINTER_SIZE
890Width of a pointer, in bits. You must specify a value no wider than the
891width of @code{Pmode}. If it is not equal to the width of @code{Pmode},
892you must define @code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED}. If you do not specify
893a value the default is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.
894@end defmac
895
896@defmac POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
897A C expression that determines how pointers should be extended from
898@code{ptr_mode} to either @code{Pmode} or @code{word_mode}. It is
899greater than zero if pointers should be zero-extended, zero if they
900should be sign-extended, and negative if some other sort of conversion
901is needed. In the last case, the extension is done by the target's
902@code{ptr_extend} instruction.
903
904You need not define this macro if the @code{ptr_mode}, @code{Pmode}
905and @code{word_mode} are all the same width.
906@end defmac
907
908@defmac PROMOTE_MODE (@var{m}, @var{unsignedp}, @var{type})
909A macro to update @var{m} and @var{unsignedp} when an object whose type
910is @var{type} and which has the specified mode and signedness is to be
911stored in a register. This macro is only called when @var{type} is a
912scalar type.
913
914On most RISC machines, which only have operations that operate on a full
915register, define this macro to set @var{m} to @code{word_mode} if
916@var{m} is an integer mode narrower than @code{BITS_PER_WORD}. In most
917cases, only integer modes should be widened because wider-precision
918floating-point operations are usually more expensive than their narrower
919counterparts.
920
921For most machines, the macro definition does not change @var{unsignedp}.
922However, some machines, have instructions that preferentially handle
923either signed or unsigned quantities of certain modes. For example, on
924the DEC Alpha, 32-bit loads from memory and 32-bit add instructions
925sign-extend the result to 64 bits. On such machines, set
926@var{unsignedp} according to which kind of extension is more efficient.
927
928Do not define this macro if it would never modify @var{m}.
929@end defmac
930
42e02b20 931@hook TARGET_C_EXCESS_PRECISION
f19a3270 932Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro
933@code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be
934applied.
42e02b20 935
38f8b050 936@hook TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE
38f8b050
JR
937
938@defmac PARM_BOUNDARY
939Normal alignment required for function parameters on the stack, in
940bits. All stack parameters receive at least this much alignment
941regardless of data type. On most machines, this is the same as the
942size of an integer.
943@end defmac
944
945@defmac STACK_BOUNDARY
946Define this macro to the minimum alignment enforced by hardware for the
947stack pointer on this machine. The definition is a C expression for the
948desired alignment (measured in bits). This value is used as a default
949if @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY} is not defined. On most machines,
950this should be the same as @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}.
951@end defmac
952
953@defmac PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY
954Define this macro if you wish to preserve a certain alignment for the
955stack pointer, greater than what the hardware enforces. The definition
956is a C expression for the desired alignment (measured in bits). This
957macro must evaluate to a value equal to or larger than
958@code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
959@end defmac
960
961@defmac INCOMING_STACK_BOUNDARY
962Define this macro if the incoming stack boundary may be different
963from @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}. This macro must evaluate
964to a value equal to or larger than @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
965@end defmac
966
967@defmac FUNCTION_BOUNDARY
968Alignment required for a function entry point, in bits.
969@end defmac
970
971@defmac BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
972Biggest alignment that any data type can require on this machine, in
973bits. Note that this is not the biggest alignment that is supported,
974just the biggest alignment that, when violated, may cause a fault.
975@end defmac
976
6d2b7199
BS
977@hook TARGET_ABSOLUTE_BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
978
38f8b050
JR
979@defmac MALLOC_ABI_ALIGNMENT
980Alignment, in bits, a C conformant malloc implementation has to
981provide. If not defined, the default value is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.
982@end defmac
983
984@defmac ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_VALUE
985Alignment used by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned))} construct. If
986not defined, the default value is @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
987@end defmac
988
989@defmac MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT
990If defined, the smallest alignment, in bits, that can be given to an
991object that can be referenced in one operation, without disturbing any
992nearby object. Normally, this is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT}, but may be larger
993on machines that don't have byte or half-word store operations.
994@end defmac
995
996@defmac BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT
997Biggest alignment that any structure or union field can require on this
998machine, in bits. If defined, this overrides @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} for
999structure and union fields only, unless the field alignment has been set
1000by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct.
1001@end defmac
1002
a4cf4b64
RB
1003@defmac ADJUST_FIELD_ALIGN (@var{field}, @var{type}, @var{computed})
1004An expression for the alignment of a structure field @var{field} of
1005type @var{type} if the alignment computed in the usual way (including
1006applying of @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} and @code{BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT} to the
38f8b050
JR
1007alignment) is @var{computed}. It overrides alignment only if the
1008field alignment has not been set by the
a4cf4b64
RB
1009@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct. Note that @var{field}
1010may be @code{NULL_TREE} in case we just query for the minimum alignment
1011of a field of type @var{type} in structure context.
38f8b050
JR
1012@end defmac
1013
1014@defmac MAX_STACK_ALIGNMENT
1015Biggest stack alignment guaranteed by the backend. Use this macro
1016to specify the maximum alignment of a variable on stack.
1017
1018If not defined, the default value is @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
1019
1020@c FIXME: The default should be @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}.
1021@c But the fix for PR 32893 indicates that we can only guarantee
1022@c maximum stack alignment on stack up to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, not
1023@c @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}, if stack alignment isn't supported.
1024@end defmac
1025
1026@defmac MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT
1027Biggest alignment supported by the object file format of this machine.
1028Use this macro to limit the alignment which can be specified using the
4c7bd361
MS
1029@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct for functions and
1030objects with static storage duration. The alignment of automatic
1031objects may exceed the object file format maximum up to the maximum
1032supported by GCC. If not defined, the default value is
1033@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
38f8b050
JR
1034
1035On systems that use ELF, the default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is
1036the largest supported 32-bit ELF section alignment representable on
630ba2fd 1037a 32-bit host e.g.@: @samp{(((uint64_t) 1 << 28) * 8)}.
38f8b050
JR
1038On 32-bit ELF the largest supported section alignment in bits is
1039@samp{(0x80000000 * 8)}, but this is not representable on 32-bit hosts.
1040@end defmac
1041
0a9d711d
SP
1042@hook TARGET_LOWER_LOCAL_DECL_ALIGNMENT
1043
f073de07
RS
1044@hook TARGET_STATIC_RTX_ALIGNMENT
1045
38f8b050
JR
1046@defmac DATA_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1047If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in
1048the static store. @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is
1049the alignment that the object would ordinarily have. The value of this
1050macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object.
1051
1052If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1053
1054@findex strcpy
1055One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1056make it all fit in fewer cache lines. Another is to cause character
1057arrays to be word-aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy
1058constants to character arrays can be done inline.
1059@end defmac
1060
df8a1d28
JJ
1061@defmac DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1062Similar to @code{DATA_ALIGNMENT}, but for the cases where the ABI mandates
1063some alignment increase, instead of optimization only purposes. E.g.@
1064AMD x86-64 psABI says that variables with array type larger than 15 bytes
1065must be aligned to 16 byte boundaries.
1066
1067If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1068@end defmac
1069
58e17cf8 1070@hook TARGET_CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT
38f8b050
JR
1071
1072@defmac LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1073If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in
1074the local store. @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is
1075the alignment that the object would ordinarily have. The value of this
1076macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object.
1077
1078If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1079
1080One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1081make it all fit in fewer cache lines.
4a6336ad 1082
64ad7c99 1083If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
38f8b050
JR
1084@end defmac
1085
5aea1e76
UW
1086@hook TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT
1087
38f8b050
JR
1088@defmac STACK_SLOT_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{mode}, @var{basic-align})
1089If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for stack slot.
1090@var{type} is the data type, @var{mode} is the widest mode available,
1091and @var{basic-align} is the alignment that the slot would ordinarily
1092have. The value of this macro is used instead of that alignment to
1093align the slot.
1094
1095If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used when
1096@var{type} is @code{NULL}. Otherwise, @code{LOCAL_ALIGNMENT} will
1097be used.
1098
1099This macro is to set alignment of stack slot to the maximum alignment
1100of all possible modes which the slot may have.
4a6336ad 1101
64ad7c99 1102If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
38f8b050
JR
1103@end defmac
1104
1105@defmac LOCAL_DECL_ALIGNMENT (@var{decl})
1106If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a local
1107variable @var{decl}.
1108
1109If this macro is not defined, then
1110@code{LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (@var{decl}), DECL_ALIGN (@var{decl}))}
1111is used.
1112
1113One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1114make it all fit in fewer cache lines.
4a6336ad 1115
64ad7c99 1116If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
38f8b050
JR
1117@end defmac
1118
1119@defmac MINIMUM_ALIGNMENT (@var{exp}, @var{mode}, @var{align})
1120If defined, a C expression to compute the minimum required alignment
1121for dynamic stack realignment purposes for @var{exp} (a type or decl),
1122@var{mode}, assuming normal alignment @var{align}.
1123
1124If this macro is not defined, then @var{align} will be used.
1125@end defmac
1126
1127@defmac EMPTY_FIELD_BOUNDARY
1128Alignment in bits to be given to a structure bit-field that follows an
1129empty field such as @code{int : 0;}.
1130
1131If @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true, it overrides this macro.
1132@end defmac
1133
1134@defmac STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY
1135Number of bits which any structure or union's size must be a multiple of.
1136Each structure or union's size is rounded up to a multiple of this.
1137
1138If you do not define this macro, the default is the same as
1139@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1140@end defmac
1141
1142@defmac STRICT_ALIGNMENT
1143Define this macro to be the value 1 if instructions will fail to work
1144if given data not on the nominal alignment. If instructions will merely
1145go slower in that case, define this macro as 0.
1146@end defmac
1147
1148@defmac PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
1149Define this if you wish to imitate the way many other C compilers handle
1150alignment of bit-fields and the structures that contain them.
1151
1152The behavior is that the type written for a named bit-field (@code{int},
1153@code{short}, or other integer type) imposes an alignment for the entire
1154structure, as if the structure really did contain an ordinary field of
1155that type. In addition, the bit-field is placed within the structure so
1156that it would fit within such a field, not crossing a boundary for it.
1157
1158Thus, on most machines, a named bit-field whose type is written as
1159@code{int} would not cross a four-byte boundary, and would force
1160four-byte alignment for the whole structure. (The alignment used may
1161not be four bytes; it is controlled by the other alignment parameters.)
1162
1163An unnamed bit-field will not affect the alignment of the containing
1164structure.
1165
1166If the macro is defined, its definition should be a C expression;
1167a nonzero value for the expression enables this behavior.
1168
1169Note that if this macro is not defined, or its value is zero, some
1170bit-fields may cross more than one alignment boundary. The compiler can
1171support such references if there are @samp{insv}, @samp{extv}, and
1172@samp{extzv} insns that can directly reference memory.
1173
1174The other known way of making bit-fields work is to define
1175@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} as large as @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
1176Then every structure can be accessed with fullwords.
1177
1178Unless the machine has bit-field instructions or you define
1179@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} that way, you must define
1180@code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} to have a nonzero value.
1181
1182If your aim is to make GCC use the same conventions for laying out
1183bit-fields as are used by another compiler, here is how to investigate
1184what the other compiler does. Compile and run this program:
1185
1186@smallexample
1187struct foo1
1188@{
1189 char x;
1190 char :0;
1191 char y;
1192@};
1193
1194struct foo2
1195@{
1196 char x;
1197 int :0;
1198 char y;
1199@};
1200
1201main ()
1202@{
1203 printf ("Size of foo1 is %d\n",
1204 sizeof (struct foo1));
1205 printf ("Size of foo2 is %d\n",
1206 sizeof (struct foo2));
1207 exit (0);
1208@}
1209@end smallexample
1210
1211If this prints 2 and 5, then the compiler's behavior is what you would
1212get from @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS}.
1213@end defmac
1214
1215@defmac BITFIELD_NBYTES_LIMITED
1216Like @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} except that its effect is limited
1217to aligning a bit-field within the structure.
1218@end defmac
1219
1220@hook TARGET_ALIGN_ANON_BITFIELD
38f8b050
JR
1221
1222@hook TARGET_NARROW_VOLATILE_BITFIELD
38f8b050 1223
d9886a9e 1224@hook TARGET_MEMBER_TYPE_FORCES_BLK
38f8b050
JR
1225
1226@defmac ROUND_TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type}, @var{computed}, @var{specified})
1227Define this macro as an expression for the alignment of a type (given
1228by @var{type} as a tree node) if the alignment computed in the usual
1229way is @var{computed} and the alignment explicitly specified was
1230@var{specified}.
1231
1232The default is to use @var{specified} if it is larger; otherwise, use
1233the smaller of @var{computed} and @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}
1234@end defmac
1235
1236@defmac MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE
1237An integer expression for the size in bits of the largest integer
1238machine mode that should actually be used. All integer machine modes of
1239this size or smaller can be used for structures and unions with the
1240appropriate sizes. If this macro is undefined, @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE
1241(DImode)} is assumed.
1242@end defmac
1243
1244@defmac STACK_SAVEAREA_MODE (@var{save_level})
ef4bddc2 1245If defined, an expression of type @code{machine_mode} that
38f8b050
JR
1246specifies the mode of the save area operand of a
1247@code{save_stack_@var{level}} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}).
1248@var{save_level} is one of @code{SAVE_BLOCK}, @code{SAVE_FUNCTION}, or
1249@code{SAVE_NONLOCAL} and selects which of the three named patterns is
1250having its mode specified.
1251
1252You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{Pmode}. You
1253would most commonly define this macro if the
1254@code{save_stack_@var{level}} patterns need to support both a 32- and a
125564-bit mode.
1256@end defmac
1257
1258@defmac STACK_SIZE_MODE
ef4bddc2 1259If defined, an expression of type @code{machine_mode} that
38f8b050
JR
1260specifies the mode of the size increment operand of an
1261@code{allocate_stack} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}).
1262
1263You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{word_mode}.
1264You would most commonly define this macro if the @code{allocate_stack}
1265pattern needs to support both a 32- and a 64-bit mode.
1266@end defmac
1267
1268@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_CMP_RETURN_MODE
38f8b050
JR
1269
1270@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_SHIFT_COUNT_MODE
38f8b050
JR
1271
1272@hook TARGET_UNWIND_WORD_MODE
38f8b050 1273
38f8b050 1274@hook TARGET_MS_BITFIELD_LAYOUT_P
38f8b050
JR
1275
1276@hook TARGET_DECIMAL_FLOAT_SUPPORTED_P
38f8b050
JR
1277
1278@hook TARGET_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED_P
38f8b050
JR
1279
1280@hook TARGET_EXPAND_TO_RTL_HOOK
38f8b050
JR
1281
1282@hook TARGET_INSTANTIATE_DECLS
38f8b050
JR
1283
1284@hook TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE
38f8b050
JR
1285
1286@node Type Layout
1287@section Layout of Source Language Data Types
1288
1289These macros define the sizes and other characteristics of the standard
1290basic data types used in programs being compiled. Unlike the macros in
1291the previous section, these apply to specific features of C and related
1292languages, rather than to fundamental aspects of storage layout.
1293
1294@defmac INT_TYPE_SIZE
1295A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{int} on the
1296target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1297@end defmac
1298
1299@defmac SHORT_TYPE_SIZE
1300A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short} on the
1301target machine. If you don't define this, the default is half a word.
1302(If this would be less than one storage unit, it is rounded up to one
1303unit.)
1304@end defmac
1305
1306@defmac LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1307A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long} on the
1308target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1309@end defmac
1310
1311@defmac ADA_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1312On some machines, the size used for the Ada equivalent of the type
1313@code{long} by a native Ada compiler differs from that used by C@. In
1314that situation, define this macro to be a C expression to be used for
1315the size of that type. If you don't define this, the default is the
1316value of @code{LONG_TYPE_SIZE}.
1317@end defmac
1318
1319@defmac LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1320A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long} on the
1321target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two
1322words. If you want to support GNU Ada on your machine, the value of this
1323macro must be at least 64.
1324@end defmac
1325
1326@defmac CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
1327A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{char} on the
1328target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1329@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1330@end defmac
1331
1332@defmac BOOL_TYPE_SIZE
1333A C expression for the size in bits of the C++ type @code{bool} and
1334C99 type @code{_Bool} on the target machine. If you don't define
1335this, and you probably shouldn't, the default is @code{CHAR_TYPE_SIZE}.
1336@end defmac
1337
1338@defmac FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE
1339A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{float} on the
1340target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1341@end defmac
1342
1343@defmac DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
1344A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{double} on the
1345target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two
1346words.
1347@end defmac
1348
1349@defmac LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
1350A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long double} on
1351the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two
1352words.
1353@end defmac
1354
1355@defmac SHORT_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1356A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short _Fract} on
1357the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1358@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1359@end defmac
1360
1361@defmac FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1362A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{_Fract} on
1363the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1364@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 2}.
1365@end defmac
1366
1367@defmac LONG_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1368A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long _Fract} on
1369the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1370@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 4}.
1371@end defmac
1372
1373@defmac LONG_LONG_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1374A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long _Fract} on
1375the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1376@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 8}.
1377@end defmac
1378
1379@defmac SHORT_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1380A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short _Accum} on
1381the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1382@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 2}.
1383@end defmac
1384
1385@defmac ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1386A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{_Accum} on
1387the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1388@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 4}.
1389@end defmac
1390
1391@defmac LONG_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1392A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long _Accum} on
1393the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1394@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 8}.
1395@end defmac
1396
1397@defmac LONG_LONG_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1398A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long _Accum} on
1399the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1400@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 16}.
1401@end defmac
1402
cdbf4541
BS
1403@defmac LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX
1404This macro corresponds to the @code{TARGET_LIBFUNC_GNU_PREFIX} target
1405hook and should be defined if that hook is overriden to be true. It
1406causes function names in libgcc to be changed to use a @code{__gnu_}
1407prefix for their name rather than the default @code{__}. A port which
1408uses this macro should also arrange to use @file{t-gnu-prefix} in
1409the libgcc @file{config.host}.
1410@end defmac
1411
38f8b050
JR
1412@defmac WIDEST_HARDWARE_FP_SIZE
1413A C expression for the size in bits of the widest floating-point format
1414supported by the hardware. If you define this macro, you must specify a
1415value less than or equal to the value of @code{LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE}.
1416If you do not define this macro, the value of @code{LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE}
1417is the default.
1418@end defmac
1419
1420@defmac DEFAULT_SIGNED_CHAR
1421An expression whose value is 1 or 0, according to whether the type
1422@code{char} should be signed or unsigned by default. The user can
1423always override this default with the options @option{-fsigned-char}
1424and @option{-funsigned-char}.
1425@end defmac
1426
1427@hook TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS
38f8b050
JR
1428
1429@defmac SIZE_TYPE
1430A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1431for size values. The typedef name @code{size_t} is defined using the
1432contents of the string.
1433
1434The string can contain more than one keyword. If so, separate them with
1435spaces, and write first any length keyword, then @code{unsigned} if
1436appropriate, and finally @code{int}. The string must exactly match one
1437of the data type names defined in the function
176a96de
HPN
1438@code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins} in the file @file{c-family/c-common.c}.
1439You may not omit @code{int} or change the order---that would cause the
1440compiler to crash on startup.
38f8b050
JR
1441
1442If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long unsigned
1443int"}.
1444@end defmac
1445
18dae016
TG
1446@defmac SIZETYPE
1447GCC defines internal types (@code{sizetype}, @code{ssizetype},
1448@code{bitsizetype} and @code{sbitsizetype}) for expressions
1449dealing with size. This macro is a C expression for a string describing
1450the name of the data type from which the precision of @code{sizetype}
1451is extracted.
1452
1453The string has the same restrictions as @code{SIZE_TYPE} string.
1454
1455If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{SIZE_TYPE}.
1456@end defmac
1457
38f8b050
JR
1458@defmac PTRDIFF_TYPE
1459A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1460for the result of subtracting two pointers. The typedef name
1461@code{ptrdiff_t} is defined using the contents of the string. See
1462@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1463
1464If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long int"}.
1465@end defmac
1466
1467@defmac WCHAR_TYPE
1468A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1469for wide characters. The typedef name @code{wchar_t} is defined using
1470the contents of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more
1471information.
1472
1473If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"int"}.
1474@end defmac
1475
1476@defmac WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE
1477A C expression for the size in bits of the data type for wide
1478characters. This is used in @code{cpp}, which cannot make use of
1479@code{WCHAR_TYPE}.
1480@end defmac
1481
1482@defmac WINT_TYPE
1483A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to
1484use for wide characters passed to @code{printf} and returned from
1485@code{getwc}. The typedef name @code{wint_t} is defined using the
1486contents of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more
1487information.
1488
1489If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"unsigned int"}.
1490@end defmac
1491
1492@defmac INTMAX_TYPE
1493A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
1494can represent any value of any standard or extended signed integer type.
1495The typedef name @code{intmax_t} is defined using the contents of the
1496string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1497
1498If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
1499@code{"int"}, @code{"long int"}, or @code{"long long int"} that has as
1500much precision as @code{long long int}.
1501@end defmac
1502
1503@defmac UINTMAX_TYPE
1504A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
1505can represent any value of any standard or extended unsigned integer
1506type. The typedef name @code{uintmax_t} is defined using the contents
1507of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1508
1509If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
1510@code{"unsigned int"}, @code{"long unsigned int"}, or @code{"long long
1511unsigned int"} that has as much precision as @code{long long unsigned
1512int}.
1513@end defmac
1514
1515@defmac SIG_ATOMIC_TYPE
1516@defmacx INT8_TYPE
1517@defmacx INT16_TYPE
1518@defmacx INT32_TYPE
1519@defmacx INT64_TYPE
1520@defmacx UINT8_TYPE
1521@defmacx UINT16_TYPE
1522@defmacx UINT32_TYPE
1523@defmacx UINT64_TYPE
1524@defmacx INT_LEAST8_TYPE
1525@defmacx INT_LEAST16_TYPE
1526@defmacx INT_LEAST32_TYPE
1527@defmacx INT_LEAST64_TYPE
1528@defmacx UINT_LEAST8_TYPE
1529@defmacx UINT_LEAST16_TYPE
1530@defmacx UINT_LEAST32_TYPE
1531@defmacx UINT_LEAST64_TYPE
1532@defmacx INT_FAST8_TYPE
1533@defmacx INT_FAST16_TYPE
1534@defmacx INT_FAST32_TYPE
1535@defmacx INT_FAST64_TYPE
1536@defmacx UINT_FAST8_TYPE
1537@defmacx UINT_FAST16_TYPE
1538@defmacx UINT_FAST32_TYPE
1539@defmacx UINT_FAST64_TYPE
1540@defmacx INTPTR_TYPE
1541@defmacx UINTPTR_TYPE
1542C expressions for the standard types @code{sig_atomic_t},
1543@code{int8_t}, @code{int16_t}, @code{int32_t}, @code{int64_t},
1544@code{uint8_t}, @code{uint16_t}, @code{uint32_t}, @code{uint64_t},
1545@code{int_least8_t}, @code{int_least16_t}, @code{int_least32_t},
1546@code{int_least64_t}, @code{uint_least8_t}, @code{uint_least16_t},
1547@code{uint_least32_t}, @code{uint_least64_t}, @code{int_fast8_t},
1548@code{int_fast16_t}, @code{int_fast32_t}, @code{int_fast64_t},
1549@code{uint_fast8_t}, @code{uint_fast16_t}, @code{uint_fast32_t},
1550@code{uint_fast64_t}, @code{intptr_t}, and @code{uintptr_t}. See
1551@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1552
1553If any of these macros evaluates to a null pointer, the corresponding
1554type is not supported; if GCC is configured to provide
1555@code{<stdint.h>} in such a case, the header provided may not conform
1556to C99, depending on the type in question. The defaults for all of
1557these macros are null pointers.
1558@end defmac
1559
1560@defmac TARGET_PTRMEMFUNC_VBIT_LOCATION
1561The C++ compiler represents a pointer-to-member-function with a struct
1562that looks like:
1563
1564@smallexample
1565 struct @{
1566 union @{
1567 void (*fn)();
1568 ptrdiff_t vtable_index;
1569 @};
1570 ptrdiff_t delta;
1571 @};
1572@end smallexample
1573
1574@noindent
1575The C++ compiler must use one bit to indicate whether the function that
1576will be called through a pointer-to-member-function is virtual.
1577Normally, we assume that the low-order bit of a function pointer must
1578always be zero. Then, by ensuring that the vtable_index is odd, we can
1579distinguish which variant of the union is in use. But, on some
1580platforms function pointers can be odd, and so this doesn't work. In
1581that case, we use the low-order bit of the @code{delta} field, and shift
1582the remainder of the @code{delta} field to the left.
1583
1584GCC will automatically make the right selection about where to store
1585this bit using the @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY} setting for your platform.
1586However, some platforms such as ARM/Thumb have @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY}
1587set such that functions always start at even addresses, but the lowest
1588bit of pointers to functions indicate whether the function at that
1589address is in ARM or Thumb mode. If this is the case of your
1590architecture, you should define this macro to
1591@code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_delta}.
1592
1593In general, you should not have to define this macro. On architectures
1594in which function addresses are always even, according to
1595@code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY}, GCC will automatically define this macro to
1596@code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_pfn}.
1597@end defmac
1598
1599@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS
1600Normally, the C++ compiler uses function pointers in vtables. This
1601macro allows the target to change to use ``function descriptors''
1602instead. Function descriptors are found on targets for whom a
1603function pointer is actually a small data structure. Normally the
1604data structure consists of the actual code address plus a data
1605pointer to which the function's data is relative.
1606
1607If vtables are used, the value of this macro should be the number
1608of words that the function descriptor occupies.
1609@end defmac
1610
1611@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN
1612By default, the vtable entries are void pointers, the so the alignment
1613is the same as pointer alignment. The value of this macro specifies
1614the alignment of the vtable entry in bits. It should be defined only
1615when special alignment is necessary. */
1616@end defmac
1617
1618@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_DATA_ENTRY_DISTANCE
1619There are a few non-descriptor entries in the vtable at offsets below
1620zero. If these entries must be padded (say, to preserve the alignment
1621specified by @code{TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN}), set this to the number
1622of words in each data entry.
1623@end defmac
1624
1625@node Registers
1626@section Register Usage
1627@cindex register usage
1628
1629This section explains how to describe what registers the target machine
1630has, and how (in general) they can be used.
1631
1632The description of which registers a specific instruction can use is
1633done with register classes; see @ref{Register Classes}. For information
1634on using registers to access a stack frame, see @ref{Frame Registers}.
1635For passing values in registers, see @ref{Register Arguments}.
1636For returning values in registers, see @ref{Scalar Return}.
1637
1638@menu
1639* Register Basics:: Number and kinds of registers.
1640* Allocation Order:: Order in which registers are allocated.
1641* Values in Registers:: What kinds of values each reg can hold.
1642* Leaf Functions:: Renumbering registers for leaf functions.
1643* Stack Registers:: Handling a register stack such as 80387.
1644@end menu
1645
1646@node Register Basics
1647@subsection Basic Characteristics of Registers
1648
1649@c prevent bad page break with this line
1650Registers have various characteristics.
1651
1652@defmac FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1653Number of hardware registers known to the compiler. They receive
1654numbers 0 through @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER-1}; thus, the first
1655pseudo register's number really is assigned the number
1656@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}.
1657@end defmac
1658
1659@defmac FIXED_REGISTERS
1660@cindex fixed register
1661An initializer that says which registers are used for fixed purposes
1662all throughout the compiled code and are therefore not available for
1663general allocation. These would include the stack pointer, the frame
1664pointer (except on machines where that can be used as a general
1665register when no frame pointer is needed), the program counter on
1666machines where that is considered one of the addressable registers,
1667and any other numbered register with a standard use.
1668
1669This information is expressed as a sequence of numbers, separated by
1670commas and surrounded by braces. The @var{n}th number is 1 if
1671register @var{n} is fixed, 0 otherwise.
1672
1673The table initialized from this macro, and the table initialized by
1674the following one, may be overridden at run time either automatically,
1675by the actions of the macro @code{CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}, or by
1676the user with the command options @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},
1677@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}.
1678@end defmac
1679
1680@defmac CALL_USED_REGISTERS
1681@cindex call-used register
1682@cindex call-clobbered register
1683@cindex call-saved register
1684Like @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} but has 1 for each register that is
1685clobbered (in general) by function calls as well as for fixed
1686registers. This macro therefore identifies the registers that are not
1687available for general allocation of values that must live across
1688function calls.
1689
1690If a register has 0 in @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS}, the compiler
1691automatically saves it on function entry and restores it on function
1692exit, if the register is used within the function.
d7fb4c31
RS
1693
1694Exactly one of @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} and @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}
1695must be defined. Modern ports should define @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}.
38f8b050
JR
1696@end defmac
1697
1698@defmac CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS
1699@cindex call-used register
1700@cindex call-clobbered register
1701@cindex call-saved register
1702Like @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} except this macro doesn't require
1703that the entire set of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} be included.
1704(@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} must be a superset of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}).
d7fb4c31
RS
1705
1706Exactly one of @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} and @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}
1707must be defined. Modern ports should define @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}.
38f8b050
JR
1708@end defmac
1709
002ffd3c
RS
1710@cindex call-used register
1711@cindex call-clobbered register
1712@cindex call-saved register
1713@hook TARGET_FNTYPE_ABI
1714
5a5a3bc5
RS
1715@hook TARGET_INSN_CALLEE_ABI
1716
38f8b050
JR
1717@cindex call-used register
1718@cindex call-clobbered register
1719@cindex call-saved register
80ec73f4 1720@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED
38f8b050 1721
e8cecccc
ML
1722@hook TARGET_GET_MULTILIB_ABI_NAME
1723
38f8b050
JR
1724@findex fixed_regs
1725@findex call_used_regs
1726@findex global_regs
1727@findex reg_names
1728@findex reg_class_contents
5efd84c5 1729@hook TARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE
38f8b050
JR
1730
1731@defmac INCOMING_REGNO (@var{out})
1732Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C
1733expression returns the register number as seen by the called function
1734corresponding to the register number @var{out} as seen by the calling
1735function. Return @var{out} if register number @var{out} is not an
1736outbound register.
1737@end defmac
1738
1739@defmac OUTGOING_REGNO (@var{in})
1740Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C
1741expression returns the register number as seen by the calling function
1742corresponding to the register number @var{in} as seen by the called
1743function. Return @var{in} if register number @var{in} is not an inbound
1744register.
1745@end defmac
1746
1747@defmac LOCAL_REGNO (@var{regno})
1748Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C
1749expression returns true if the register is call-saved but is in the
1750register window. Unlike most call-saved registers, such registers
1751need not be explicitly restored on function exit or during non-local
1752gotos.
1753@end defmac
1754
1755@defmac PC_REGNUM
1756If the program counter has a register number, define this as that
1757register number. Otherwise, do not define it.
1758@end defmac
1759
1760@node Allocation Order
1761@subsection Order of Allocation of Registers
1762@cindex order of register allocation
1763@cindex register allocation order
1764
1765@c prevent bad page break with this line
1766Registers are allocated in order.
1767
1768@defmac REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1769If defined, an initializer for a vector of integers, containing the
1770numbers of hard registers in the order in which GCC should prefer
1771to use them (from most preferred to least).
1772
1773If this macro is not defined, registers are used lowest numbered first
1774(all else being equal).
1775
1776One use of this macro is on machines where the highest numbered
1777registers must always be saved and the save-multiple-registers
1778instruction supports only sequences of consecutive registers. On such
1779machines, define @code{REG_ALLOC_ORDER} to be an initializer that lists
1780the highest numbered allocable register first.
1781@end defmac
1782
1783@defmac ADJUST_REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1784A C statement (sans semicolon) to choose the order in which to allocate
1785hard registers for pseudo-registers local to a basic block.
1786
1787Store the desired register order in the array @code{reg_alloc_order}.
1788Element 0 should be the register to allocate first; element 1, the next
1789register; and so on.
1790
1791The macro body should not assume anything about the contents of
1792@code{reg_alloc_order} before execution of the macro.
1793
1794On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro.
1795@end defmac
1796
1797@defmac HONOR_REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1798Normally, IRA tries to estimate the costs for saving a register in the
1799prologue and restoring it in the epilogue. This discourages it from
1800using call-saved registers. If a machine wants to ensure that IRA
1801allocates registers in the order given by REG_ALLOC_ORDER even if some
ed15c598
KC
1802call-saved registers appear earlier than call-used ones, then define this
1803macro as a C expression to nonzero. Default is 0.
38f8b050
JR
1804@end defmac
1805
1806@defmac IRA_HARD_REGNO_ADD_COST_MULTIPLIER (@var{regno})
1807In some case register allocation order is not enough for the
1808Integrated Register Allocator (@acronym{IRA}) to generate a good code.
1809If this macro is defined, it should return a floating point value
1810based on @var{regno}. The cost of using @var{regno} for a pseudo will
1811be increased by approximately the pseudo's usage frequency times the
1812value returned by this macro. Not defining this macro is equivalent
1813to having it always return @code{0.0}.
1814
1815On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro.
1816@end defmac
1817
1818@node Values in Registers
1819@subsection How Values Fit in Registers
1820
1821This section discusses the macros that describe which kinds of values
1822(specifically, which machine modes) each register can hold, and how many
1823consecutive registers are needed for a given mode.
1824
c43f4279 1825@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS
38f8b050
JR
1826
1827@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1828A C expression that is nonzero if a value of mode @var{mode}, stored
1829in memory, ends with padding that causes it to take up more space than
1830in registers starting at register number @var{regno} (as determined by
1831multiplying GCC's notion of the size of the register when containing
1832this mode by the number of registers returned by
c43f4279 1833@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}). By default this is zero.
38f8b050
JR
1834
1835For example, if a floating-point value is stored in three 32-bit
1836registers but takes up 128 bits in memory, then this would be
1837nonzero.
1838
1839This macros only needs to be defined if there are cases where
1840@code{subreg_get_info}
1841would otherwise wrongly determine that a @code{subreg} can be
1842represented by an offset to the register number, when in fact such a
1843@code{subreg} would contain some of the padding not stored in
1844registers and so not be representable.
1845@end defmac
1846
1847@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS_WITH_PADDING (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1848For values of @var{regno} and @var{mode} for which
1849@code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING} returns nonzero, a C expression
1850returning the greater number of registers required to hold the value
1851including any padding. In the example above, the value would be four.
1852@end defmac
1853
1854@defmac REGMODE_NATURAL_SIZE (@var{mode})
1855Define this macro if the natural size of registers that hold values
1856of mode @var{mode} is not the word size. It is a C expression that
1857should give the natural size in bytes for the specified mode. It is
1858used by the register allocator to try to optimize its results. This
1859happens for example on SPARC 64-bit where the natural size of
1860floating-point registers is still 32-bit.
1861@end defmac
1862
f939c3e6 1863@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK
38f8b050
JR
1864
1865@defmac HARD_REGNO_RENAME_OK (@var{from}, @var{to})
1866A C expression that is nonzero if it is OK to rename a hard register
1867@var{from} to another hard register @var{to}.
1868
1869One common use of this macro is to prevent renaming of a register to
1870another register that is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt
1871handler.
1872
1873The default is always nonzero.
1874@end defmac
1875
99e1629f 1876@hook TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P
38f8b050
JR
1877
1878@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_SCRATCH_OK
38f8b050
JR
1879
1880@defmac AVOID_CCMODE_COPIES
1881Define this macro if the compiler should avoid copies to/from @code{CCmode}
1882registers. You should only define this macro if support for copying to/from
1883@code{CCmode} is incomplete.
1884@end defmac
1885
1886@node Leaf Functions
1887@subsection Handling Leaf Functions
1888
1889@cindex leaf functions
1890@cindex functions, leaf
1891On some machines, a leaf function (i.e., one which makes no calls) can run
1892more efficiently if it does not make its own register window. Often this
1893means it is required to receive its arguments in the registers where they
1894are passed by the caller, instead of the registers where they would
1895normally arrive.
1896
1897The special treatment for leaf functions generally applies only when
1898other conditions are met; for example, often they may use only those
1899registers for its own variables and temporaries. We use the term ``leaf
1900function'' to mean a function that is suitable for this special
1901handling, so that functions with no calls are not necessarily ``leaf
1902functions''.
1903
1904GCC assigns register numbers before it knows whether the function is
1905suitable for leaf function treatment. So it needs to renumber the
1906registers in order to output a leaf function. The following macros
1907accomplish this.
1908
1909@defmac LEAF_REGISTERS
1910Name of a char vector, indexed by hard register number, which
1911contains 1 for a register that is allowable in a candidate for leaf
1912function treatment.
1913
1914If leaf function treatment involves renumbering the registers, then the
1915registers marked here should be the ones before renumbering---those that
1916GCC would ordinarily allocate. The registers which will actually be
1917used in the assembler code, after renumbering, should not be marked with 1
1918in this vector.
1919
1920Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize
1921the treatment of leaf functions.
1922@end defmac
1923
1924@defmac LEAF_REG_REMAP (@var{regno})
1925A C expression whose value is the register number to which @var{regno}
1926should be renumbered, when a function is treated as a leaf function.
1927
1928If @var{regno} is a register number which should not appear in a leaf
1929function before renumbering, then the expression should yield @minus{}1, which
1930will cause the compiler to abort.
1931
1932Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize the
1933treatment of leaf functions, and registers need to be renumbered to do
1934this.
1935@end defmac
1936
1937@findex current_function_is_leaf
1938@findex current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
1939@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and
1940@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must usually treat leaf functions
1941specially. They can test the C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf}
1942which is nonzero for leaf functions. @code{current_function_is_leaf} is
1943set prior to local register allocation and is valid for the remaining
1944compiler passes. They can also test the C variable
1945@code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} which is nonzero for leaf
1946functions which only use leaf registers.
1947@code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} is valid after all passes
1948that modify the instructions have been run and is only useful if
1949@code{LEAF_REGISTERS} is defined.
1950@c changed this to fix overfull. ALSO: why the "it" at the beginning
1951@c of the next paragraph?! --mew 2feb93
1952
1953@node Stack Registers
1954@subsection Registers That Form a Stack
1955
1956There are special features to handle computers where some of the
1957``registers'' form a stack. Stack registers are normally written by
1958pushing onto the stack, and are numbered relative to the top of the
1959stack.
1960
1961Currently, GCC can only handle one group of stack-like registers, and
1962they must be consecutively numbered. Furthermore, the existing
1963support for stack-like registers is specific to the 80387 floating
1964point coprocessor. If you have a new architecture that uses
1965stack-like registers, you will need to do substantial work on
1966@file{reg-stack.c} and write your machine description to cooperate
1967with it, as well as defining these macros.
1968
1969@defmac STACK_REGS
1970Define this if the machine has any stack-like registers.
1971@end defmac
1972
1973@defmac STACK_REG_COVER_CLASS
1974This is a cover class containing the stack registers. Define this if
1975the machine has any stack-like registers.
1976@end defmac
1977
1978@defmac FIRST_STACK_REG
1979The number of the first stack-like register. This one is the top
1980of the stack.
1981@end defmac
1982
1983@defmac LAST_STACK_REG
1984The number of the last stack-like register. This one is the bottom of
1985the stack.
1986@end defmac
1987
1988@node Register Classes
1989@section Register Classes
1990@cindex register class definitions
1991@cindex class definitions, register
1992
1993On many machines, the numbered registers are not all equivalent.
1994For example, certain registers may not be allowed for indexed addressing;
1995certain registers may not be allowed in some instructions. These machine
1996restrictions are described to the compiler using @dfn{register classes}.
1997
1998You define a number of register classes, giving each one a name and saying
1999which of the registers belong to it. Then you can specify register classes
2000that are allowed as operands to particular instruction patterns.
2001
2002@findex ALL_REGS
2003@findex NO_REGS
2004In general, each register will belong to several classes. In fact, one
2005class must be named @code{ALL_REGS} and contain all the registers. Another
2006class must be named @code{NO_REGS} and contain no registers. Often the
2007union of two classes will be another class; however, this is not required.
2008
2009@findex GENERAL_REGS
2010One of the classes must be named @code{GENERAL_REGS}. There is nothing
2011terribly special about the name, but the operand constraint letters
2012@samp{r} and @samp{g} specify this class. If @code{GENERAL_REGS} is
2013the same as @code{ALL_REGS}, just define it as a macro which expands
2014to @code{ALL_REGS}.
2015
2016Order the classes so that if class @var{x} is contained in class @var{y}
2017then @var{x} has a lower class number than @var{y}.
2018
2019The way classes other than @code{GENERAL_REGS} are specified in operand
2020constraints is through machine-dependent operand constraint letters.
2021You can define such letters to correspond to various classes, then use
2022them in operand constraints.
2023
6049a4c8
HPN
2024You must define the narrowest register classes for allocatable
2025registers, so that each class either has no subclasses, or that for
2026some mode, the move cost between registers within the class is
2027cheaper than moving a register in the class to or from memory
2028(@pxref{Costs}).
2029
38f8b050
JR
2030You should define a class for the union of two classes whenever some
2031instruction allows both classes. For example, if an instruction allows
2032either a floating point (coprocessor) register or a general register for a
2033certain operand, you should define a class @code{FLOAT_OR_GENERAL_REGS}
b899fd78
JR
2034which includes both of them. Otherwise you will get suboptimal code,
2035or even internal compiler errors when reload cannot find a register in the
dd5a833e 2036class computed via @code{reg_class_subunion}.
38f8b050
JR
2037
2038You must also specify certain redundant information about the register
2039classes: for each class, which classes contain it and which ones are
2040contained in it; for each pair of classes, the largest class contained
2041in their union.
2042
2043When a value occupying several consecutive registers is expected in a
2044certain class, all the registers used must belong to that class.
2045Therefore, register classes cannot be used to enforce a requirement for
2046a register pair to start with an even-numbered register. The way to
f939c3e6 2047specify this requirement is with @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}.
38f8b050
JR
2048
2049Register classes used for input-operands of bitwise-and or shift
2050instructions have a special requirement: each such class must have, for
2051each fixed-point machine mode, a subclass whose registers can transfer that
2052mode to or from memory. For example, on some machines, the operations for
2053single-byte values (@code{QImode}) are limited to certain registers. When
2054this is so, each register class that is used in a bitwise-and or shift
2055instruction must have a subclass consisting of registers from which
2056single-byte values can be loaded or stored. This is so that
2057@code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} can always have a possible value to return.
2058
2059@deftp {Data type} {enum reg_class}
2060An enumerated type that must be defined with all the register class names
2061as enumerated values. @code{NO_REGS} must be first. @code{ALL_REGS}
2062must be the last register class, followed by one more enumerated value,
2063@code{LIM_REG_CLASSES}, which is not a register class but rather
2064tells how many classes there are.
2065
2066Each register class has a number, which is the value of casting
2067the class name to type @code{int}. The number serves as an index
2068in many of the tables described below.
2069@end deftp
2070
2071@defmac N_REG_CLASSES
2072The number of distinct register classes, defined as follows:
2073
2074@smallexample
2075#define N_REG_CLASSES (int) LIM_REG_CLASSES
2076@end smallexample
2077@end defmac
2078
2079@defmac REG_CLASS_NAMES
2080An initializer containing the names of the register classes as C string
2081constants. These names are used in writing some of the debugging dumps.
2082@end defmac
2083
2084@defmac REG_CLASS_CONTENTS
2085An initializer containing the contents of the register classes, as integers
2086which are bit masks. The @var{n}th integer specifies the contents of class
2087@var{n}. The way the integer @var{mask} is interpreted is that
2088register @var{r} is in the class if @code{@var{mask} & (1 << @var{r})} is 1.
2089
2090When the machine has more than 32 registers, an integer does not suffice.
2091Then the integers are replaced by sub-initializers, braced groupings containing
2092several integers. Each sub-initializer must be suitable as an initializer
2093for the type @code{HARD_REG_SET} which is defined in @file{hard-reg-set.h}.
2094In this situation, the first integer in each sub-initializer corresponds to
2095registers 0 through 31, the second integer to registers 32 through 63, and
2096so on.
2097@end defmac
2098
2099@defmac REGNO_REG_CLASS (@var{regno})
2100A C expression whose value is a register class containing hard register
2101@var{regno}. In general there is more than one such class; choose a class
2102which is @dfn{minimal}, meaning that no smaller class also contains the
2103register.
2104@end defmac
2105
2106@defmac BASE_REG_CLASS
2107A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
2108base register must belong. A base register is one used in an address
2109which is the register value plus a displacement.
2110@end defmac
2111
2112@defmac MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode})
2113This is a variation of the @code{BASE_REG_CLASS} macro which allows
2114the selection of a base register in a mode dependent manner. If
2115@var{mode} is VOIDmode then it should return the same value as
2116@code{BASE_REG_CLASS}.
2117@end defmac
2118
2119@defmac MODE_BASE_REG_REG_CLASS (@var{mode})
2120A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid
2121base register must belong in order to be used in a base plus index
2122register address. You should define this macro if base plus index
2123addresses have different requirements than other base register uses.
2124@end defmac
2125
86fc3d06 2126@defmac MODE_CODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{address_space}, @var{outer_code}, @var{index_code})
38f8b050 2127A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid
86fc3d06
UW
2128base register for a memory reference in mode @var{mode} to address
2129space @var{address_space} must belong. @var{outer_code} and @var{index_code}
2130define the context in which the base register occurs. @var{outer_code} is
2131the code of the immediately enclosing expression (@code{MEM} for the top level
2132of an address, @code{ADDRESS} for something that occurs in an
38f8b050
JR
2133@code{address_operand}). @var{index_code} is the code of the corresponding
2134index expression if @var{outer_code} is @code{PLUS}; @code{SCRATCH} otherwise.
2135@end defmac
2136
2137@defmac INDEX_REG_CLASS
2138A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
2139index register must belong. An index register is one used in an
2140address where its value is either multiplied by a scale factor or
2141added to another register (as well as added to a displacement).
2142@end defmac
2143
2144@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num})
2145A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2146suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses.
38f8b050
JR
2147@end defmac
2148
2149@defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode})
2150A C expression that is just like @code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except that
2151that expression may examine the mode of the memory reference in
2152@var{mode}. You should define this macro if the mode of the memory
2153reference affects whether a register may be used as a base register. If
2154you define this macro, the compiler will use it instead of
2155@code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}. The mode may be @code{VOIDmode} for
2156addresses that appear outside a @code{MEM}, i.e., as an
2157@code{address_operand}.
38f8b050
JR
2158@end defmac
2159
2160@defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_REG_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode})
2161A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is suitable for
2162use as a base register in base plus index operand addresses, accessing
2163memory in mode @var{mode}. It may be either a suitable hard register or a
2164pseudo register that has been allocated such a hard register. You should
2165define this macro if base plus index addresses have different requirements
2166than other base register uses.
2167
2168Use of this macro is deprecated; please use the more general
2169@code{REGNO_MODE_CODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P}.
38f8b050
JR
2170@end defmac
2171
86fc3d06
UW
2172@defmac REGNO_MODE_CODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode}, @var{address_space}, @var{outer_code}, @var{index_code})
2173A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2174suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses, accessing
2175memory in mode @var{mode} in address space @var{address_space}.
2176This is similar to @code{REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except
38f8b050
JR
2177that that expression may examine the context in which the register
2178appears in the memory reference. @var{outer_code} is the code of the
2179immediately enclosing expression (@code{MEM} if at the top level of the
2180address, @code{ADDRESS} for something that occurs in an
2181@code{address_operand}). @var{index_code} is the code of the
2182corresponding index expression if @var{outer_code} is @code{PLUS};
2183@code{SCRATCH} otherwise. The mode may be @code{VOIDmode} for addresses
2184that appear outside a @code{MEM}, i.e., as an @code{address_operand}.
38f8b050
JR
2185@end defmac
2186
2187@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (@var{num})
2188A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2189suitable for use as an index register in operand addresses. It may be
2190either a suitable hard register or a pseudo register that has been
2191allocated such a hard register.
2192
2193The difference between an index register and a base register is that
2194the index register may be scaled. If an address involves the sum of
2195two registers, neither one of them scaled, then either one may be
2196labeled the ``base'' and the other the ``index''; but whichever
2197labeling is used must fit the machine's constraints of which registers
2198may serve in each capacity. The compiler will try both labelings,
2199looking for one that is valid, and will reload one or both registers
2200only if neither labeling works.
38f8b050
JR
2201@end defmac
2202
5f286f4a
YQ
2203@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_RENAME_CLASS
2204
fba42e24 2205@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS
fba42e24 2206
38f8b050
JR
2207@defmac PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{x}, @var{class})
2208A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
2209to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class
2210@var{class}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps
2211another, smaller class. On many machines, the following definition is
2212safe:
2213
2214@smallexample
2215#define PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS(X,CLASS) CLASS
2216@end smallexample
2217
2218Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For
2219example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range
2220for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always
2221@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{class} includes the data registers.
2222Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.
2223
2224One case where @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return
2225@var{class} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be
2226loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can
2227force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load
2228immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an
2229instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point
2230register, so @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when
fd250f0d 2231@var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant cannot be loaded
38f8b050 2232into any kind of register, code generation will be better if
1a627b35
RS
2233@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead
2234of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.
38f8b050
JR
2235
2236If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go
2237through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}
2238to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes
2239reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses
2240this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in
2241the SSE registers (and vice versa).
2242@end defmac
2243
abd26bfb 2244@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
abd26bfb 2245
38f8b050
JR
2246@defmac LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{class})
2247A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
2248to use when it is necessary to be able to hold a value of mode
2249@var{mode} in a reload register for which class @var{class} would
2250ordinarily be used.
2251
2252Unlike @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, this macro should be used when
fd250f0d 2253there are certain modes that simply cannot go in certain reload classes.
38f8b050
JR
2254
2255The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps another,
2256smaller class.
2257
2258Don't define this macro unless the target machine has limitations which
2259require the macro to do something nontrivial.
2260@end defmac
2261
2262@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD
38f8b050
JR
2263
2264@defmac SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2265@defmacx SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2266@defmacx SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2267These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
2268@code{TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD} instead.
2269
2270These are obsolete macros, replaced by the @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD}
2271target hook. Older ports still define these macros to indicate to the
2272reload phase that it may
2273need to allocate at least one register for a reload in addition to the
2274register to contain the data. Specifically, if copying @var{x} to a
2275register @var{class} in @var{mode} requires an intermediate register,
2276you were supposed to define @code{SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to return the
2277largest register class all of whose registers can be used as
2278intermediate registers or scratch registers.
2279
2280If copying a register @var{class} in @var{mode} to @var{x} requires an
2281intermediate or scratch register, @code{SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS}
2282was supposed to be defined be defined to return the largest register
2283class required. If the
2284requirements for input and output reloads were the same, the macro
2285@code{SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS} should have been used instead of defining both
2286macros identically.
2287
2288The values returned by these macros are often @code{GENERAL_REGS}.
2289Return @code{NO_REGS} if no spare register is needed; i.e., if @var{x}
2290can be directly copied to or from a register of @var{class} in
2291@var{mode} without requiring a scratch register. Do not define this
2292macro if it would always return @code{NO_REGS}.
2293
2294If a scratch register is required (either with or without an
2295intermediate register), you were supposed to define patterns for
2296@samp{reload_in@var{m}} or @samp{reload_out@var{m}}, as required
2297(@pxref{Standard Names}. These patterns, which were normally
2298implemented with a @code{define_expand}, should be similar to the
2299@samp{mov@var{m}} patterns, except that operand 2 is the scratch
2300register.
2301
2302These patterns need constraints for the reload register and scratch
2303register that
2304contain a single register class. If the original reload register (whose
2305class is @var{class}) can meet the constraint given in the pattern, the
2306value returned by these macros is used for the class of the scratch
2307register. Otherwise, two additional reload registers are required.
2308Their classes are obtained from the constraints in the insn pattern.
2309
2310@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a
2311pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.
2312Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is
2313in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.
2314
2315These macros should not be used in the case where a particular class of
2316registers can only be copied to memory and not to another class of
2317registers. In that case, secondary reload registers are not needed and
2318would not be helpful. Instead, a stack location must be used to perform
2319the copy and the @code{mov@var{m}} pattern should use memory as an
2320intermediate storage. This case often occurs between floating-point and
2321general registers.
2322@end defmac
2323
f15643d4 2324@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
38f8b050
JR
2325
2326@defmac SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX (@var{mode})
f15643d4 2327Normally when @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} is defined, the compiler
38f8b050
JR
2328allocates a stack slot for a memory location needed for register copies.
2329If this macro is defined, the compiler instead uses the memory location
2330defined by this macro.
2331
2332Do not define this macro if you do not define
f15643d4 2333@code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED}.
38f8b050
JR
2334@end defmac
2335
94e23f53 2336@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE
38f8b050 2337
5cce8171
RS
2338@hook TARGET_SELECT_EARLY_REMAT_MODES
2339
07b8f0a8 2340@hook TARGET_CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P
a8c44c52
AS
2341
2342@hook TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS
07b8f0a8 2343
38f8b050
JR
2344@defmac CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})
2345A C expression for the maximum number of consecutive registers
2346of class @var{class} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.
2347
c43f4279 2348This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}. In fact,
38f8b050 2349the value of the macro @code{CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})}
c43f4279 2350should be the maximum value of @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno},
38f8b050
JR
2351@var{mode})} for all @var{regno} values in the class @var{class}.
2352
2353This macro helps control the handling of multiple-word values
2354in the reload pass.
2355@end defmac
2356
0d803030 2357@hook TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS
38f8b050 2358
5074a1f8
VM
2359@hook TARGET_IRA_CHANGE_PSEUDO_ALLOCNO_CLASS
2360
55a2c322
VM
2361@hook TARGET_LRA_P
2362
2363@hook TARGET_REGISTER_PRIORITY
2364
3b9ceb4b
VM
2365@hook TARGET_REGISTER_USAGE_LEVELING_P
2366
55a2c322
VM
2367@hook TARGET_DIFFERENT_ADDR_DISPLACEMENT_P
2368
d6220b11
KK
2369@hook TARGET_CANNOT_SUBSTITUTE_MEM_EQUIV_P
2370
14133a4d
KK
2371@hook TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS_DISPLACEMENT
2372
55a2c322
VM
2373@hook TARGET_SPILL_CLASS
2374
e93f30a6
VM
2375@hook TARGET_ADDITIONAL_ALLOCNO_CLASS_P
2376
42e37616
DM
2377@hook TARGET_CSTORE_MODE
2378
b4ff394c
PH
2379@hook TARGET_COMPUTE_PRESSURE_CLASSES
2380
38f8b050
JR
2381@node Stack and Calling
2382@section Stack Layout and Calling Conventions
2383@cindex calling conventions
2384
2385@c prevent bad page break with this line
2386This describes the stack layout and calling conventions.
2387
2388@menu
2389* Frame Layout::
2390* Exception Handling::
2391* Stack Checking::
2392* Frame Registers::
2393* Elimination::
2394* Stack Arguments::
2395* Register Arguments::
2396* Scalar Return::
2397* Aggregate Return::
2398* Caller Saves::
2399* Function Entry::
2400* Profiling::
2401* Tail Calls::
20a6ece0 2402* Shrink-wrapping separate components::
38f8b050 2403* Stack Smashing Protection::
aaeaa9a9 2404* Miscellaneous Register Hooks::
38f8b050
JR
2405@end menu
2406
2407@node Frame Layout
2408@subsection Basic Stack Layout
2409@cindex stack frame layout
2410@cindex frame layout
2411
2412@c prevent bad page break with this line
2413Here is the basic stack layout.
2414
2415@defmac STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
62f9f30b
TS
2416Define this macro to be true if pushing a word onto the stack moves the stack
2417pointer to a smaller address, and false otherwise.
38f8b050
JR
2418@end defmac
2419
2420@defmac STACK_PUSH_CODE
2421This macro defines the operation used when something is pushed
2422on the stack. In RTL, a push operation will be
2423@code{(set (mem (STACK_PUSH_CODE (reg sp))) @dots{})}
2424
2425The choices are @code{PRE_DEC}, @code{POST_DEC}, @code{PRE_INC},
2426and @code{POST_INC}. Which of these is correct depends on
2427the stack direction and on whether the stack pointer points
2428to the last item on the stack or whether it points to the
2429space for the next item on the stack.
2430
2431The default is @code{PRE_DEC} when @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is
62f9f30b 2432true, which is almost always right, and @code{PRE_INC} otherwise,
38f8b050
JR
2433which is often wrong.
2434@end defmac
2435
2436@defmac FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD
2437Define this macro to nonzero value if the addresses of local variable slots
2438are at negative offsets from the frame pointer.
2439@end defmac
2440
2441@defmac ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
2442Define this macro if successive arguments to a function occupy decreasing
2443addresses on the stack.
2444@end defmac
2445
2a31c321 2446@hook TARGET_STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET
38f8b050
JR
2447
2448@defmac STACK_ALIGNMENT_NEEDED
2449Define to zero to disable final alignment of the stack during reload.
2450The nonzero default for this macro is suitable for most ports.
2451
2a31c321 2452On ports where @code{TARGET_STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET} is nonzero or where there
38f8b050
JR
2453is a register save block following the local block that doesn't require
2454alignment to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, it may be beneficial to disable
2455stack alignment and do it in the backend.
2456@end defmac
2457
2458@defmac STACK_POINTER_OFFSET
2459Offset from the stack pointer register to the first location at which
2460outgoing arguments are placed. If not specified, the default value of
2461zero is used. This is the proper value for most machines.
2462
2463If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above
2464the first location at which outgoing arguments are placed.
2465@end defmac
2466
2467@defmac FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2468Offset from the argument pointer register to the first argument's
2469address. On some machines it may depend on the data type of the
2470function.
2471
2472If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above
2473the first argument's address.
2474@end defmac
2475
2476@defmac STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2477Offset from the stack pointer register to an item dynamically allocated
2478on the stack, e.g., by @code{alloca}.
2479
2480The default value for this macro is @code{STACK_POINTER_OFFSET} plus the
2481length of the outgoing arguments. The default is correct for most
2482machines. See @file{function.c} for details.
2483@end defmac
2484
2485@defmac INITIAL_FRAME_ADDRESS_RTX
2486A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address of the initial
2487stack frame. This address is passed to @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and
2488@code{DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS}. If you don't define this macro, a reasonable
2489default value will be used. Define this macro in order to make frame pointer
2490elimination work in the presence of @code{__builtin_frame_address (count)} and
2491@code{__builtin_return_address (count)} for @code{count} not equal to zero.
2492@end defmac
2493
2494@defmac DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS (@var{frameaddr})
2495A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address in a stack
2496frame where the pointer to the caller's frame is stored. Assume that
2497@var{frameaddr} is an RTL expression for the address of the stack frame
2498itself.
2499
2500If you don't define this macro, the default is to return the value
2501of @var{frameaddr}---that is, the stack frame address is also the
2502address of the stack word that points to the previous frame.
2503@end defmac
2504
2505@defmac SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES
baf37960 2506A C expression that produces the machine-specific code to
38f8b050
JR
2507setup the stack so that arbitrary frames can be accessed. For example,
2508on the SPARC, we must flush all of the register windows to the stack
2509before we can access arbitrary stack frames. You will seldom need to
baf37960 2510define this macro. The default is to do nothing.
38f8b050
JR
2511@end defmac
2512
2513@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_SETJMP_FRAME_VALUE
38f8b050
JR
2514
2515@defmac FRAME_ADDR_RTX (@var{frameaddr})
2516A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the frame
2517address for the current frame. @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer
2518of the current frame. This is used for __builtin_frame_address.
2519You need only define this macro if the frame address is not the same
2520as the frame pointer. Most machines do not need to define it.
2521@end defmac
2522
2523@defmac RETURN_ADDR_RTX (@var{count}, @var{frameaddr})
2524A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the return
2525address for the frame @var{count} steps up from the current frame, after
2526the prologue. @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer of the @var{count}
2527frame, or the frame pointer of the @var{count} @minus{} 1 frame if
2e612c47 2528@code{RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME} is nonzero.
38f8b050
JR
2529
2530The value of the expression must always be the correct address when
2531@var{count} is zero, but may be @code{NULL_RTX} if there is no way to
2532determine the return address of other frames.
2533@end defmac
2534
2535@defmac RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME
2e612c47
MF
2536Define this macro to nonzero value if the return address of a particular
2537stack frame is accessed from the frame pointer of the previous stack
2538frame. The zero default for this macro is suitable for most ports.
38f8b050
JR
2539@end defmac
2540
2541@defmac INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
2542A C expression whose value is RTL representing the location of the
2543incoming return address at the beginning of any function, before the
2544prologue. This RTL is either a @code{REG}, indicating that the return
2545value is saved in @samp{REG}, or a @code{MEM} representing a location in
2546the stack.
2547
2548You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame
2549debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2.
2550
2551If this RTL is a @code{REG}, you should also define
2552@code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO)}.
2553@end defmac
2554
2555@defmac DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
2556A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 column
2557number that may be used as an alternative return column. The column
2558must not correspond to any gcc hard register (that is, it must not
2559be in the range of @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM}).
2560
2561This macro can be useful if @code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} is set to a
2562general register, but an alternative column needs to be used for signal
2563frames. Some targets have also used different frame return columns
2564over time.
2565@end defmac
2566
2567@defmac DWARF_ZERO_REG
2568A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 register
2569number that is considered to always have the value zero. This should
2570only be defined if the target has an architected zero register, and
2571someone decided it was a good idea to use that register number to
2572terminate the stack backtrace. New ports should avoid this.
2573@end defmac
2574
2575@hook TARGET_DWARF_HANDLE_FRAME_UNSPEC
38f8b050 2576
74c74aa0
RS
2577@hook TARGET_DWARF_POLY_INDETERMINATE_VALUE
2578
38f8b050
JR
2579@defmac INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
2580A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes,
2581from the value of the stack pointer register to the top of the stack
2582frame at the beginning of any function, before the prologue. The top of
2583the frame is defined to be the value of the stack pointer in the
2584previous frame, just before the call instruction.
2585
2586You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame
2587debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2.
2588@end defmac
2589
26fc730d
JJ
2590@defmac DEFAULT_INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
2591Like @code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}, but must be the same for all
2592functions of the same ABI, and when using GAS @code{.cfi_*} directives
2593must also agree with the default CFI GAS emits. Define this macro
2594only if @code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET} can have different values
2595between different functions of the same ABI or when
2596@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET} does not agree with GAS default CFI.
2597@end defmac
2598
38f8b050
JR
2599@defmac ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2600A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes,
2601from the argument pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa). The
2602final value should coincide with that calculated by
2603@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}. Which is unfortunately not usable
2604during virtual register instantiation.
2605
2606The default value for this macro is
2607@code{FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (fundecl) + crtl->args.pretend_args_size},
2608which is correct for most machines; in general, the arguments are found
2609immediately before the stack frame. Note that this is not the case on
2610some targets that save registers into the caller's frame, such as SPARC
2611and rs6000, and so such targets need to define this macro.
2612
2613You only need to define this macro if the default is incorrect, and you
2614want to support call frame debugging information like that provided by
2615DWARF 2.
2616@end defmac
2617
2618@defmac FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2619If defined, a C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset
2620in bytes from the frame pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa).
2621The final value should coincide with that calculated by
2622@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}.
2623
2624Normally the CFA is calculated as an offset from the argument pointer,
2625via @code{ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET}, but if the argument pointer is
2626variable due to the ABI, this may not be possible. If this macro is
2627defined, it implies that the virtual register instantiation should be
2628based on the frame pointer instead of the argument pointer. Only one
2629of @code{FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET} and @code{ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET}
2630should be defined.
2631@end defmac
2632
2633@defmac CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2634If defined, a C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset
2635in bytes from the canonical frame address (cfa) to the frame base used
2636in DWARF 2 debug information. The default is zero. A different value
2637may reduce the size of debug information on some ports.
2638@end defmac
2639
2640@node Exception Handling
2641@subsection Exception Handling Support
2642@cindex exception handling
2643
2644@defmac EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (@var{N})
2645A C expression whose value is the @var{N}th register number used for
2646data by exception handlers, or @code{INVALID_REGNUM} if fewer than
2647@var{N} registers are usable.
2648
2649The exception handling library routines communicate with the exception
2650handlers via a set of agreed upon registers. Ideally these registers
2651should be call-clobbered; it is possible to use call-saved registers,
2652but may negatively impact code size. The target must support at least
26532 data registers, but should define 4 if there are enough free registers.
2654
2655You must define this macro if you want to support call frame exception
2656handling like that provided by DWARF 2.
2657@end defmac
2658
2659@defmac EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX
2660A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
2661to store a stack adjustment to be applied before function return.
2662This is used to unwind the stack to an exception handler's call frame.
2663It will be assigned zero on code paths that return normally.
2664
2665Typically this is a call-clobbered hard register that is otherwise
2666untouched by the epilogue, but could also be a stack slot.
2667
2668Do not define this macro if the stack pointer is saved and restored
2669by the regular prolog and epilog code in the call frame itself; in
2670this case, the exception handling library routines will update the
2671stack location to be restored in place. Otherwise, you must define
2672this macro if you want to support call frame exception handling like
2673that provided by DWARF 2.
2674@end defmac
2675
2676@defmac EH_RETURN_HANDLER_RTX
2677A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
2678to store the address of an exception handler to which we should
2679return. It will not be assigned on code paths that return normally.
2680
2681Typically this is the location in the call frame at which the normal
2682return address is stored. For targets that return by popping an
2683address off the stack, this might be a memory address just below
2684the @emph{target} call frame rather than inside the current call
2685frame. If defined, @code{EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX} will have already
2686been assigned, so it may be used to calculate the location of the
2687target call frame.
2688
2689Some targets have more complex requirements than storing to an
2690address calculable during initial code generation. In that case
2691the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern should be used instead.
2692
2693If you want to support call frame exception handling, you must
2694define either this macro or the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern.
2695@end defmac
2696
2697@defmac RETURN_ADDR_OFFSET
2698If defined, an integer-valued C expression for which rtl will be generated
2699to add it to the exception handler address before it is searched in the
2700exception handling tables, and to subtract it again from the address before
2701using it to return to the exception handler.
2702@end defmac
2703
2704@defmac ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (@var{code}, @var{global})
2705This macro chooses the encoding of pointers embedded in the exception
2706handling sections. If at all possible, this should be defined such
2707that the exception handling section will not require dynamic relocations,
2708and so may be read-only.
2709
2710@var{code} is 0 for data, 1 for code labels, 2 for function pointers.
2711@var{global} is true if the symbol may be affected by dynamic relocations.
2712The macro should return a combination of the @code{DW_EH_PE_*} defines
2713as found in @file{dwarf2.h}.
2714
2715If this macro is not defined, pointers will not be encoded but
2716represented directly.
2717@end defmac
2718
2719@defmac ASM_MAYBE_OUTPUT_ENCODED_ADDR_RTX (@var{file}, @var{encoding}, @var{size}, @var{addr}, @var{done})
2720This macro allows the target to emit whatever special magic is required
2721to represent the encoding chosen by @code{ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT}.
2722Generic code takes care of pc-relative and indirect encodings; this must
2723be defined if the target uses text-relative or data-relative encodings.
2724
2725This is a C statement that branches to @var{done} if the format was
2726handled. @var{encoding} is the format chosen, @var{size} is the number
2727of bytes that the format occupies, @var{addr} is the @code{SYMBOL_REF}
2728to be emitted.
2729@end defmac
2730
38f8b050
JR
2731@defmac MD_FALLBACK_FRAME_STATE_FOR (@var{context}, @var{fs})
2732This macro allows the target to add CPU and operating system specific
2733code to the call-frame unwinder for use when there is no unwind data
2734available. The most common reason to implement this macro is to unwind
2735through signal frames.
2736
2737This macro is called from @code{uw_frame_state_for} in
2738@file{unwind-dw2.c}, @file{unwind-dw2-xtensa.c} and
2739@file{unwind-ia64.c}. @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context};
2740@var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}. Examine @code{context->ra}
2741for the address of the code being executed and @code{context->cfa} for
2742the stack pointer value. If the frame can be decoded, the register
2743save addresses should be updated in @var{fs} and the macro should
2744evaluate to @code{_URC_NO_REASON}. If the frame cannot be decoded,
2745the macro should evaluate to @code{_URC_END_OF_STACK}.
2746
2747For proper signal handling in Java this macro is accompanied by
2748@code{MAKE_THROW_FRAME}, defined in @file{libjava/include/*-signal.h} headers.
2749@end defmac
2750
2751@defmac MD_HANDLE_UNWABI (@var{context}, @var{fs})
2752This macro allows the target to add operating system specific code to the
2753call-frame unwinder to handle the IA-64 @code{.unwabi} unwinding directive,
2754usually used for signal or interrupt frames.
2755
0c93ed52
SB
2756This macro is called from @code{uw_update_context} in libgcc's
2757@file{unwind-ia64.c}. @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context};
38f8b050
JR
2758@var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}. Examine @code{fs->unwabi}
2759for the abi and context in the @code{.unwabi} directive. If the
2760@code{.unwabi} directive can be handled, the register save addresses should
2761be updated in @var{fs}.
2762@end defmac
2763
2764@defmac TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2765A C expression that evaluates to true if the target requires unwind
2766info to be given comdat linkage. Define it to be @code{1} if comdat
2767linkage is necessary. The default is @code{0}.
2768@end defmac
2769
2770@node Stack Checking
2771@subsection Specifying How Stack Checking is Done
2772
2773GCC will check that stack references are within the boundaries of the
2774stack, if the option @option{-fstack-check} is specified, in one of
2775three ways:
2776
2777@enumerate
2778@item
2779If the value of the @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC
2780will assume that you have arranged for full stack checking to be done
2781at appropriate places in the configuration files. GCC will not do
2782other special processing.
2783
2784@item
2785If @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} is zero and the value of the
2786@code{STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC will assume
2787that you have arranged for static stack checking (checking of the
2788static stack frame of functions) to be done at appropriate places
2789in the configuration files. GCC will only emit code to do dynamic
2790stack checking (checking on dynamic stack allocations) using the third
2791approach below.
2792
2793@item
2794If neither of the above are true, GCC will generate code to periodically
2795``probe'' the stack pointer using the values of the macros defined below.
2796@end enumerate
2797
2798If neither STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN nor STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN is defined,
2799GCC will change its allocation strategy for large objects if the option
2800@option{-fstack-check} is specified: they will always be allocated
2801dynamically if their size exceeds @code{STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE} bytes.
2802
2803@defmac STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN
2804A nonzero value if stack checking is done by the configuration files in a
2805machine-dependent manner. You should define this macro if stack checking
2806is required by the ABI of your machine or if you would like to do stack
2807checking in some more efficient way than the generic approach. The default
2808value of this macro is zero.
2809@end defmac
2810
2811@defmac STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN
2812A nonzero value if static stack checking is done by the configuration files
2813in a machine-dependent manner. You should define this macro if you would
2814like to do static stack checking in some more efficient way than the generic
2815approach. The default value of this macro is zero.
2816@end defmac
2817
2818@defmac STACK_CHECK_PROBE_INTERVAL_EXP
2819An integer specifying the interval at which GCC must generate stack probe
2820instructions, defined as 2 raised to this integer. You will normally
2821define this macro so that the interval be no larger than the size of
2822the ``guard pages'' at the end of a stack area. The default value
2823of 12 (4096-byte interval) is suitable for most systems.
2824@end defmac
2825
2826@defmac STACK_CHECK_MOVING_SP
2827An integer which is nonzero if GCC should move the stack pointer page by page
2828when doing probes. This can be necessary on systems where the stack pointer
2829contains the bottom address of the memory area accessible to the executing
2830thread at any point in time. In this situation an alternate signal stack
2831is required in order to be able to recover from a stack overflow. The
2832default value of this macro is zero.
2833@end defmac
2834
2835@defmac STACK_CHECK_PROTECT
2836The number of bytes of stack needed to recover from a stack overflow, for
c55721c0 2837languages where such a recovery is supported. The default value of 4KB/8KB
38f8b050 2838with the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling mechanism and
c55721c0
EB
28398KB/12KB with other exception handling mechanisms should be adequate for most
2840architectures and operating systems.
38f8b050
JR
2841@end defmac
2842
2843The following macros are relevant only if neither STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN
2844nor STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN is defined; you can omit them altogether
2845in the opposite case.
2846
2847@defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_FRAME_SIZE
2848The maximum size of a stack frame, in bytes. GCC will generate probe
2849instructions in non-leaf functions to ensure at least this many bytes of
2850stack are available. If a stack frame is larger than this size, stack
2851checking will not be reliable and GCC will issue a warning. The
2852default is chosen so that GCC only generates one instruction on most
2853systems. You should normally not change the default value of this macro.
2854@end defmac
2855
2856@defmac STACK_CHECK_FIXED_FRAME_SIZE
2857GCC uses this value to generate the above warning message. It
2858represents the amount of fixed frame used by a function, not including
2859space for any callee-saved registers, temporaries and user variables.
2860You need only specify an upper bound for this amount and will normally
2861use the default of four words.
2862@end defmac
2863
2864@defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE
2865The maximum size, in bytes, of an object that GCC will place in the
2866fixed area of the stack frame when the user specifies
2867@option{-fstack-check}.
2868GCC computed the default from the values of the above macros and you will
2869normally not need to override that default.
2870@end defmac
2871
2c25083e 2872@hook TARGET_STACK_CLASH_PROTECTION_ALLOCA_PROBE_RANGE
8c1dd970 2873
38f8b050
JR
2874@need 2000
2875@node Frame Registers
2876@subsection Registers That Address the Stack Frame
2877
2878@c prevent bad page break with this line
2879This discusses registers that address the stack frame.
2880
2881@defmac STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2882The register number of the stack pointer register, which must also be a
2883fixed register according to @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}. On most machines,
2884the hardware determines which register this is.
2885@end defmac
2886
2887@defmac FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2888The register number of the frame pointer register, which is used to
2889access automatic variables in the stack frame. On some machines, the
2890hardware determines which register this is. On other machines, you can
2891choose any register you wish for this purpose.
2892@end defmac
2893
2894@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2895On some machines the offset between the frame pointer and starting
2896offset of the automatic variables is not known until after register
2897allocation has been done (for example, because the saved registers are
2898between these two locations). On those machines, define
2899@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} the number of a special, fixed register to
2900be used internally until the offset is known, and define
2901@code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} to be the actual hard register number
2902used for the frame pointer.
2903
2904You should define this macro only in the very rare circumstances when it
2905is not possible to calculate the offset between the frame pointer and
2906the automatic variables until after register allocation has been
2907completed. When this macro is defined, you must also indicate in your
2908definition of @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} how to eliminate
2909@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} into either @code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}
2910or @code{STACK_POINTER_REGNUM}.
2911
2912Do not define this macro if it would be the same as
2913@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}.
2914@end defmac
2915
2916@defmac ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
2917The register number of the arg pointer register, which is used to access
2918the function's argument list. On some machines, this is the same as the
2919frame pointer register. On some machines, the hardware determines which
2920register this is. On other machines, you can choose any register you
2921wish for this purpose. If this is not the same register as the frame
2922pointer register, then you must mark it as a fixed register according to
2923@code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, or arrange to be able to eliminate it
2924(@pxref{Elimination}).
2925@end defmac
2926
e3339d0f
JM
2927@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_FRAME_POINTER
2928Define this to a preprocessor constant that is nonzero if
2929@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} and @code{frame_pointer_rtx} should be
2930the same. The default definition is @samp{(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2931== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)}; you only need to define this macro if that
2932definition is not suitable for use in preprocessor conditionals.
2933@end defmac
2934
2935@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
2936Define this to a preprocessor constant that is nonzero if
2937@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} and @code{arg_pointer_rtx} should be the
2938same. The default definition is @samp{(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM ==
2939ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)}; you only need to define this macro if that
2940definition is not suitable for use in preprocessor conditionals.
2941@end defmac
2942
38f8b050
JR
2943@defmac RETURN_ADDRESS_POINTER_REGNUM
2944The register number of the return address pointer register, which is used to
2945access the current function's return address from the stack. On some
2946machines, the return address is not at a fixed offset from the frame
2947pointer or stack pointer or argument pointer. This register can be defined
2948to point to the return address on the stack, and then be converted by
2949@code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} into either the frame pointer or stack pointer.
2950
2951Do not define this macro unless there is no other way to get the return
2952address from the stack.
2953@end defmac
2954
2955@defmac STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM
2956@defmacx STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM
2957Register numbers used for passing a function's static chain pointer. If
2958register windows are used, the register number as seen by the called
2959function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM}, while the register
2960number as seen by the calling function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM}. If
2961these registers are the same, @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM} need
2962not be defined.
2963
2964The static chain register need not be a fixed register.
2965
2966If the static chain is passed in memory, these macros should not be
2967defined; instead, the @code{TARGET_STATIC_CHAIN} hook should be used.
2968@end defmac
2969
2970@hook TARGET_STATIC_CHAIN
38f8b050
JR
2971
2972@defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
2973This macro specifies the maximum number of hard registers that can be
2974saved in a call frame. This is used to size data structures used in
2975DWARF2 exception handling.
2976
2977Prior to GCC 3.0, this macro was needed in order to establish a stable
2978exception handling ABI in the face of adding new hard registers for ISA
2979extensions. In GCC 3.0 and later, the EH ABI is insulated from changes
2980in the number of hard registers. Nevertheless, this macro can still be
2981used to reduce the runtime memory requirements of the exception handling
2982routines, which can be substantial if the ISA contains a lot of
2983registers that are not call-saved.
2984
2985If this macro is not defined, it defaults to
2986@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}.
2987@end defmac
2988
2989@defmac PRE_GCC3_DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
2990
2991This macro is similar to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}, but is provided
2992for backward compatibility in pre GCC 3.0 compiled code.
2993
2994If this macro is not defined, it defaults to
2995@code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}.
2996@end defmac
2997
2998@defmac DWARF_REG_TO_UNWIND_COLUMN (@var{regno})
2999
3000Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers
3001is different than the internal representation for unwind column.
3002Given a dwarf register, this macro should return the internal unwind
3003column number to use instead.
38f8b050
JR
3004@end defmac
3005
3006@defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (@var{regno})
3007
3008Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers
3009used in .eh_frame or .debug_frame is different from that used in other
3010debug info sections. Given a GCC hard register number, this macro
3011should return the .eh_frame register number. The default is
3012@code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno})}.
3013
3014@end defmac
3015
3016@defmac DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (@var{regno}, @var{for_eh})
3017
3018Define this macro to map register numbers held in the call frame info
3019that GCC has collected using @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM} to those that
3020should be output in .debug_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is zero) and
3021.eh_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is nonzero). The default is to
3022return @code{@var{regno}}.
3023
3024@end defmac
3025
cca2207a
L
3026@defmac REG_VALUE_IN_UNWIND_CONTEXT
3027
3028Define this macro if the target stores register values as
3029@code{_Unwind_Word} type in unwind context. It should be defined if
3030target register size is larger than the size of @code{void *}. The
3031default is to store register values as @code{void *} type.
3032
3033@end defmac
3034
3035@defmac ASSUME_EXTENDED_UNWIND_CONTEXT
3036
3037Define this macro to be 1 if the target always uses extended unwind
3038context with version, args_size and by_value fields. If it is undefined,
3039it will be defined to 1 when @code{REG_VALUE_IN_UNWIND_CONTEXT} is
3040defined and 0 otherwise.
3041
3042@end defmac
3043
dbc3af4f
RS
3044@defmac DWARF_LAZY_REGISTER_VALUE (@var{regno}, @var{value})
3045Define this macro if the target has pseudo DWARF registers whose
3046values need to be computed lazily on demand by the unwinder (such as when
3047referenced in a CFA expression). The macro returns true if @var{regno}
3048is such a register and stores its value in @samp{*@var{value}} if so.
3049@end defmac
3050
38f8b050
JR
3051@node Elimination
3052@subsection Eliminating Frame Pointer and Arg Pointer
3053
3054@c prevent bad page break with this line
3055This is about eliminating the frame pointer and arg pointer.
3056
3057@hook TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
38f8b050 3058
38f8b050 3059@defmac ELIMINABLE_REGS
53680238
BE
3060This macro specifies a table of register pairs used to eliminate
3061unneeded registers that point into the stack frame.
38f8b050
JR
3062
3063The definition of this macro is a list of structure initializations, each
3064of which specifies an original and replacement register.
3065
3066On some machines, the position of the argument pointer is not known until
3067the compilation is completed. In such a case, a separate hard register
3068must be used for the argument pointer. This register can be eliminated by
3069replacing it with either the frame pointer or the argument pointer,
3070depending on whether or not the frame pointer has been eliminated.
3071
3072In this case, you might specify:
3073@smallexample
3074#define ELIMINABLE_REGS \
3075@{@{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \
3076 @{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \
3077 @{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}@}
3078@end smallexample
3079
3080Note that the elimination of the argument pointer with the stack pointer is
3081specified first since that is the preferred elimination.
3082@end defmac
3083
3084@hook TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE
38f8b050
JR
3085
3086@defmac INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (@var{from-reg}, @var{to-reg}, @var{offset-var})
53680238
BE
3087This macro returns the initial difference between the specified pair
3088of registers. The value would be computed from information
3089such as the result of @code{get_frame_size ()} and the tables of
3090registers @code{df_regs_ever_live_p} and @code{call_used_regs}.
38f8b050
JR
3091@end defmac
3092
29eb9a44
BE
3093@hook TARGET_COMPUTE_FRAME_LAYOUT
3094
38f8b050
JR
3095@node Stack Arguments
3096@subsection Passing Function Arguments on the Stack
3097@cindex arguments on stack
3098@cindex stack arguments
3099
3100The macros in this section control how arguments are passed
3101on the stack. See the following section for other macros that
3102control passing certain arguments in registers.
3103
3104@hook TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
38f8b050 3105
967b4653 3106@hook TARGET_PUSH_ARGUMENT
38f8b050
JR
3107
3108@defmac PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED
3109A C expression. If nonzero, function arguments will be evaluated from
3110last to first, rather than from first to last. If this macro is not
3111defined, it defaults to @code{PUSH_ARGS} on targets where the stack
3112and args grow in opposite directions, and 0 otherwise.
3113@end defmac
3114
3115@defmac PUSH_ROUNDING (@var{npushed})
3116A C expression that is the number of bytes actually pushed onto the
3117stack when an instruction attempts to push @var{npushed} bytes.
3118
3119On some machines, the definition
3120
3121@smallexample
3122#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (BYTES)
3123@end smallexample
3124
3125@noindent
3126will suffice. But on other machines, instructions that appear
3127to push one byte actually push two bytes in an attempt to maintain
3128alignment. Then the definition should be
3129
3130@smallexample
3131#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (((BYTES) + 1) & ~1)
3132@end smallexample
4a6336ad 3133
64ad7c99 3134If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
38f8b050
JR
3135@end defmac
3136
29454ff5
SL
3137@findex outgoing_args_size
3138@findex crtl->outgoing_args_size
38f8b050
JR
3139@defmac ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
3140A C expression. If nonzero, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments
29454ff5
SL
3141will be computed and placed into
3142@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size}. No space will be pushed
38f8b050
JR
3143onto the stack for each call; instead, the function prologue should
3144increase the stack frame size by this amount.
3145
3146Setting both @code{PUSH_ARGS} and @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS}
3147is not proper.
3148@end defmac
3149
3150@defmac REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl})
3151Define this macro if functions should assume that stack space has been
3152allocated for arguments even when their values are passed in
3153registers.
3154
3155The value of this macro is the size, in bytes, of the area reserved for
3156arguments passed in registers for the function represented by @var{fndecl},
3157which can be zero if GCC is calling a library function.
3158The argument @var{fndecl} can be the FUNCTION_DECL, or the type itself
3159of the function.
3160
3161This space can be allocated by the caller, or be a part of the
3162machine-dependent stack frame: @code{OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} says
3163which.
3164@end defmac
3165@c above is overfull. not sure what to do. --mew 5feb93 did
3166@c something, not sure if it looks good. --mew 10feb93
3167
ddbb449f
AM
3168@defmac INCOMING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl})
3169Like @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, but for incoming register arguments.
3170Define this macro if space guaranteed when compiling a function body
3171is different to space required when making a call, a situation that
3172can arise with K&R style function definitions.
3173@end defmac
3174
38f8b050
JR
3175@defmac OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fntype})
3176Define this to a nonzero value if it is the responsibility of the
3177caller to allocate the area reserved for arguments passed in registers
3178when calling a function of @var{fntype}. @var{fntype} may be NULL
3179if the function called is a library function.
3180
3181If @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, this macro controls
3182whether the space for these arguments counts in the value of
29454ff5 3183@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size}.
38f8b050
JR
3184@end defmac
3185
3186@defmac STACK_PARMS_IN_REG_PARM_AREA
3187Define this macro if @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is defined, but the
3188stack parameters don't skip the area specified by it.
3189@c i changed this, makes more sens and it should have taken care of the
3190@c overfull.. not as specific, tho. --mew 5feb93
3191
3192Normally, when a parameter is not passed in registers, it is placed on the
3193stack beyond the @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} area. Defining this macro
3194suppresses this behavior and causes the parameter to be passed on the
3195stack in its natural location.
3196@end defmac
3197
893d13d5 3198@hook TARGET_RETURN_POPS_ARGS
38f8b050
JR
3199
3200@defmac CALL_POPS_ARGS (@var{cum})
3201A C expression that should indicate the number of bytes a call sequence
3202pops off the stack. It is added to the value of @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS}
3203when compiling a function call.
3204
3205@var{cum} is the variable in which all arguments to the called function
3206have been accumulated.
3207
3208On certain architectures, such as the SH5, a call trampoline is used
3209that pops certain registers off the stack, depending on the arguments
3210that have been passed to the function. Since this is a property of the
3211call site, not of the called function, @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} is not
3212appropriate.
3213@end defmac
3214
3215@node Register Arguments
3216@subsection Passing Arguments in Registers
3217@cindex arguments in registers
3218@cindex registers arguments
3219
3220This section describes the macros which let you control how various
3221types of arguments are passed in registers or how they are arranged in
3222the stack.
3223
b25b9e8f 3224@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
38f8b050
JR
3225
3226@hook TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK
38f8b050 3227
b25b9e8f 3228@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG
38f8b050 3229
bcb21886
KY
3230@hook TARGET_USE_PSEUDO_PIC_REG
3231
3232@hook TARGET_INIT_PIC_REG
3233
38f8b050 3234@hook TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES
38f8b050 3235
ec9f85e5 3236@hook TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE
38f8b050
JR
3237
3238@hook TARGET_CALLEE_COPIES
38f8b050
JR
3239
3240@defmac CUMULATIVE_ARGS
b25b9e8f
NF
3241A C type for declaring a variable that is used as the first argument
3242of @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} and other related values. For some
3243target machines, the type @code{int} suffices and can hold the number
3244of bytes of argument so far.
38f8b050
JR
3245
3246There is no need to record in @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} anything about the
3247arguments that have been passed on the stack. The compiler has other
3248variables to keep track of that. For target machines on which all
3249arguments are passed on the stack, there is no need to store anything in
3250@code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}; however, the data structure must exist and
3251should not be empty, so use @code{int}.
3252@end defmac
3253
3254@defmac OVERRIDE_ABI_FORMAT (@var{fndecl})
3255If defined, this macro is called before generating any code for a
3256function, but after the @var{cfun} descriptor for the function has been
3257created. The back end may use this macro to update @var{cfun} to
3258reflect an ABI other than that which would normally be used by default.
3259If the compiler is generating code for a compiler-generated function,
3260@var{fndecl} may be @code{NULL}.
3261@end defmac
3262
3263@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname}, @var{fndecl}, @var{n_named_args})
3264A C statement (sans semicolon) for initializing the variable
3265@var{cum} for the state at the beginning of the argument list. The
3266variable has type @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}. The value of @var{fntype}
3267is the tree node for the data type of the function which will receive
3268the args, or 0 if the args are to a compiler support library function.
3269For direct calls that are not libcalls, @var{fndecl} contain the
3270declaration node of the function. @var{fndecl} is also set when
3271@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used to find arguments for the function
3272being compiled. @var{n_named_args} is set to the number of named
3273arguments, including a structure return address if it is passed as a
3274parameter, when making a call. When processing incoming arguments,
3275@var{n_named_args} is set to @minus{}1.
3276
3277When processing a call to a compiler support library function,
3278@var{libname} identifies which one. It is a @code{symbol_ref} rtx which
3279contains the name of the function, as a string. @var{libname} is 0 when
3280an ordinary C function call is being processed. Thus, each time this
3281macro is called, either @var{libname} or @var{fntype} is nonzero, but
3282never both of them at once.
3283@end defmac
3284
3285@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_LIBCALL_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{libname})
3286Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but only used for outgoing libcalls,
3287it gets a @code{MODE} argument instead of @var{fntype}, that would be
3288@code{NULL}. @var{indirect} would always be zero, too. If this macro
3289is not defined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (cum, NULL_RTX, libname,
32900)} is used instead.
3291@end defmac
3292
3293@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_INCOMING_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname})
3294Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but overrides it for the purposes of
3295finding the arguments for the function being compiled. If this macro is
3296undefined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used instead.
3297
3298The value passed for @var{libname} is always 0, since library routines
3299with special calling conventions are never compiled with GCC@. The
3300argument @var{libname} exists for symmetry with
3301@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}.
3302@c could use "this macro" in place of @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}, maybe.
3303@c --mew 5feb93 i switched the order of the sentences. --mew 10feb93
3304@end defmac
3305
b25b9e8f 3306@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE
38f8b050 3307
870118b7 3308@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_OFFSET
38f8b050 3309
76b0cbf8 3310@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING
38f8b050
JR
3311
3312@defmac PAD_VARARGS_DOWN
3313If defined, a C expression which determines whether the default
3314implementation of va_arg will attempt to pad down before reading the
3315next argument, if that argument is smaller than its aligned space as
3316controlled by @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}. If this macro is not defined, all such
3317arguments are padded down if @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN} is true.
3318@end defmac
3319
3320@defmac BLOCK_REG_PADDING (@var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{first})
3321Specify padding for the last element of a block move between registers and
3322memory. @var{first} is nonzero if this is the only element. Defining this
3323macro allows better control of register function parameters on big-endian
3324machines, without using @code{PARALLEL} rtl. In particular,
3325@code{MUST_PASS_IN_STACK} need not test padding and mode of types in
3326registers, as there is no longer a "wrong" part of a register; For example,
3327a three byte aggregate may be passed in the high part of a register if so
3328required.
3329@end defmac
3330
c2ed6cf8 3331@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY
38f8b050 3332
123148b5
BS
3333@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY
3334
38f8b050
JR
3335@defmac FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
3336A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard
3337register in which function arguments are sometimes passed. This does
3338@emph{not} include implicit arguments such as the static chain and
3339the structure-value address. On many machines, no registers can be
3340used for this purpose since all function arguments are pushed on the
3341stack.
3342@end defmac
3343
3344@hook TARGET_SPLIT_COMPLEX_ARG
38f8b050
JR
3345
3346@hook TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST
38f8b050 3347
07a5b2bc 3348@hook TARGET_ENUM_VA_LIST_P
38f8b050
JR
3349
3350@hook TARGET_FN_ABI_VA_LIST
38f8b050
JR
3351
3352@hook TARGET_CANONICAL_VA_LIST_TYPE
38f8b050
JR
3353
3354@hook TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR
38f8b050
JR
3355
3356@hook TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE
38f8b050 3357
7352c013
RG
3358@hook TARGET_REF_MAY_ALIAS_ERRNO
3359
8de583fc
PB
3360@hook TARGET_TRANSLATE_MODE_ATTRIBUTE
3361
38f8b050 3362@hook TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
38f8b050
JR
3363
3364@hook TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
38f8b050 3365
482b2b43
RS
3366@hook TARGET_COMPATIBLE_VECTOR_TYPES_P
3367
695da534
RS
3368@hook TARGET_ARRAY_MODE
3369
0f6d54f7
RS
3370@hook TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3371
8cc4b7a2
JM
3372@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3373
c65699ef
JM
3374@hook TARGET_FLOATN_MODE
3375
c6762423
MM
3376@hook TARGET_FLOATN_BUILTIN_P
3377
38f8b050 3378@hook TARGET_SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES_FOR_MODE_P
38f8b050
JR
3379
3380@node Scalar Return
3381@subsection How Scalar Function Values Are Returned
3382@cindex return values in registers
3383@cindex values, returned by functions
3384@cindex scalars, returned as values
3385
3386This section discusses the macros that control returning scalars as
3387values---values that can fit in registers.
3388
3389@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE
3390
38f8b050
JR
3391@defmac FUNCTION_VALUE (@var{valtype}, @var{func})
3392This macro has been deprecated. Use @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} for
3393a new target instead.
3394@end defmac
3395
3396@defmac LIBCALL_VALUE (@var{mode})
3397A C expression to create an RTX representing the place where a library
3398function returns a value of mode @var{mode}.
3399
3400Note that ``library function'' in this context means a compiler
3401support routine, used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known
3402specially by the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being
3403compiled.
3404@end defmac
3405
3406@hook TARGET_LIBCALL_VALUE
38f8b050
JR
3407
3408@defmac FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
3409A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard
3410register in which the values of called function may come back.
3411
3412A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the
3413second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be
3414recognized by this macro. So for most machines, this definition
3415suffices:
3416
3417@smallexample
3418#define FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P(N) ((N) == 0)
3419@end smallexample
3420
3421If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called
3422function use different registers for the return value, this macro
3423should recognize only the caller's register numbers.
3424
3425This macro has been deprecated. Use @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P}
3426for a new target instead.
3427@end defmac
3428
3429@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P
38f8b050
JR
3430
3431@defmac APPLY_RESULT_SIZE
3432Define this macro if @samp{untyped_call} and @samp{untyped_return}
3433need more space than is implied by @code{FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P} for
3434saving and restoring an arbitrary return value.
3435@end defmac
3436
e0d14c39
BS
3437@hook TARGET_OMIT_STRUCT_RETURN_REG
3438
38f8b050 3439@hook TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB
38f8b050
JR
3440
3441@node Aggregate Return
3442@subsection How Large Values Are Returned
3443@cindex aggregates as return values
3444@cindex large return values
3445@cindex returning aggregate values
3446@cindex structure value address
3447
3448When a function value's mode is @code{BLKmode} (and in some other
3449cases), the value is not returned according to
3450@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} (@pxref{Scalar Return}). Instead, the
3451caller passes the address of a block of memory in which the value
3452should be stored. This address is called the @dfn{structure value
3453address}.
3454
3455This section describes how to control returning structure values in
3456memory.
3457
3458@hook TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY
38f8b050
JR
3459
3460@defmac DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN
3461Define this macro to be 1 if all structure and union return values must be
3462in memory. Since this results in slower code, this should be defined
3463only if needed for compatibility with other compilers or with an ABI@.
3464If you define this macro to be 0, then the conventions used for structure
3465and union return values are decided by the @code{TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY}
3466target hook.
3467
3468If not defined, this defaults to the value 1.
3469@end defmac
3470
3471@hook TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX
38f8b050
JR
3472
3473@defmac PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN
3474Define this macro if the usual system convention on the target machine
3475for returning structures and unions is for the called function to return
3476the address of a static variable containing the value.
3477
3478Do not define this if the usual system convention is for the caller to
3479pass an address to the subroutine.
3480
3481This macro has effect in @option{-fpcc-struct-return} mode, but it does
3482nothing when you use @option{-freg-struct-return} mode.
3483@end defmac
3484
ffa88471
SE
3485@hook TARGET_GET_RAW_RESULT_MODE
3486
3487@hook TARGET_GET_RAW_ARG_MODE
3488
974aedcc
MP
3489@hook TARGET_EMPTY_RECORD_P
3490
3491@hook TARGET_WARN_PARAMETER_PASSING_ABI
3492
38f8b050
JR
3493@node Caller Saves
3494@subsection Caller-Saves Register Allocation
3495
3496If you enable it, GCC can save registers around function calls. This
3497makes it possible to use call-clobbered registers to hold variables that
3498must live across calls.
3499
38f8b050
JR
3500@defmac HARD_REGNO_CALLER_SAVE_MODE (@var{regno}, @var{nregs})
3501A C expression specifying which mode is required for saving @var{nregs}
3502of a pseudo-register in call-clobbered hard register @var{regno}. If
3503@var{regno} is unsuitable for caller save, @code{VOIDmode} should be
3504returned. For most machines this macro need not be defined since GCC
3505will select the smallest suitable mode.
3506@end defmac
3507
3508@node Function Entry
3509@subsection Function Entry and Exit
3510@cindex function entry and exit
3511@cindex prologue
3512@cindex epilogue
3513
3514This section describes the macros that output function entry
3515(@dfn{prologue}) and exit (@dfn{epilogue}) code.
3516
417ca011
TD
3517@hook TARGET_ASM_PRINT_PATCHABLE_FUNCTION_ENTRY
3518
38f8b050 3519@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
38f8b050
JR
3520
3521@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_END_PROLOGUE
38f8b050
JR
3522
3523@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_BEGIN_EPILOGUE
38f8b050
JR
3524
3525@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE
38f8b050
JR
3526
3527@itemize @bullet
3528@item
29454ff5
SL
3529@findex pretend_args_size
3530@findex crtl->args.pretend_args_size
3531A region of @code{crtl->args.pretend_args_size} bytes of
38f8b050
JR
3532uninitialized space just underneath the first argument arriving on the
3533stack. (This may not be at the very start of the allocated stack region
3534if the calling sequence has pushed anything else since pushing the stack
3535arguments. But usually, on such machines, nothing else has been pushed
3536yet, because the function prologue itself does all the pushing.) This
3537region is used on machines where an argument may be passed partly in
3538registers and partly in memory, and, in some cases to support the
3539features in @code{<stdarg.h>}.
3540
3541@item
3542An area of memory used to save certain registers used by the function.
3543The size of this area, which may also include space for such things as
3544the return address and pointers to previous stack frames, is
3545machine-specific and usually depends on which registers have been used
3546in the function. Machines with register windows often do not require
3547a save area.
3548
3549@item
3550A region of at least @var{size} bytes, possibly rounded up to an allocation
3551boundary, to contain the local variables of the function. On some machines,
3552this region and the save area may occur in the opposite order, with the
3553save area closer to the top of the stack.
3554
3555@item
3556@cindex @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} and stack frames
3557Optionally, when @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, a region of
29454ff5 3558@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size} bytes to be used for outgoing
38f8b050
JR
3559argument lists of the function. @xref{Stack Arguments}.
3560@end itemize
3561
3562@defmac EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
3563Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if the return
3564instruction or the function epilogue ignores the value of the stack
3565pointer; in other words, if it is safe to delete an instruction to
3566adjust the stack pointer before a return from the function. The
3567default is 0.
3568
3569Note that this macro's value is relevant only for functions for which
3570frame pointers are maintained. It is never safe to delete a final
3571stack adjustment in a function that has no frame pointer, and the
3572compiler knows this regardless of @code{EXIT_IGNORE_STACK}.
3573@end defmac
3574
3575@defmac EPILOGUE_USES (@var{regno})
3576Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are
3577used by the epilogue or the @samp{return} pattern. The stack and frame
3578pointer registers are already assumed to be used as needed.
3579@end defmac
3580
3581@defmac EH_USES (@var{regno})
3582Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are
3583used by the exception handling mechanism, and so should be considered live
3584on entry to an exception edge.
3585@end defmac
3586
38f8b050 3587@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
38f8b050
JR
3588
3589@hook TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
38f8b050
JR
3590
3591@node Profiling
3592@subsection Generating Code for Profiling
3593@cindex profiling, code generation
3594
3595These macros will help you generate code for profiling.
3596
3597@defmac FUNCTION_PROFILER (@var{file}, @var{labelno})
3598A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some
3599assembler code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount}.
3600
3601@findex mcount
3602The details of how @code{mcount} expects to be called are determined by
3603your operating system environment, not by GCC@. To figure them out,
3604compile a small program for profiling using the system's installed C
3605compiler and look at the assembler code that results.
3606
3607Older implementations of @code{mcount} expect the address of a counter
3608variable to be loaded into some register. The name of this variable is
3609@samp{LP} followed by the number @var{labelno}, so you would generate
3610the name using @samp{LP%d} in a @code{fprintf}.
3611@end defmac
3612
3613@defmac PROFILE_HOOK
3614A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some assembly
3615code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount} even the target does
3616not support profiling.
3617@end defmac
3618
3619@defmac NO_PROFILE_COUNTERS
3620Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if the
3621@code{mcount} subroutine on your system does not need a counter variable
3622allocated for each function. This is true for almost all modern
3623implementations. If you define this macro, you must not use the
3624@var{labelno} argument to @code{FUNCTION_PROFILER}.
3625@end defmac
3626
3627@defmac PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
3628Define this macro if the code for function profiling should come before
3629the function prologue. Normally, the profiling code comes after.
3630@end defmac
3631
d56a43a0
AK
3632@hook TARGET_KEEP_LEAF_WHEN_PROFILED
3633
38f8b050
JR
3634@node Tail Calls
3635@subsection Permitting tail calls
3636@cindex tail calls
3637
3638@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL
38f8b050
JR
3639
3640@hook TARGET_EXTRA_LIVE_ON_ENTRY
38f8b050 3641
ee3d2ecd
JJ
3642@hook TARGET_SET_UP_BY_PROLOGUE
3643
d45eae79
SL
3644@hook TARGET_WARN_FUNC_RETURN
3645
20a6ece0
SB
3646@node Shrink-wrapping separate components
3647@subsection Shrink-wrapping separate components
3648@cindex shrink-wrapping separate components
3649
3650The prologue may perform a variety of target dependent tasks such as
3651saving callee-saved registers, saving the return address, aligning the
3652stack, creating a stack frame, initializing the PIC register, setting
3653up the static chain, etc.
3654
3655On some targets some of these tasks may be independent of others and
3656thus may be shrink-wrapped separately. These independent tasks are
3657referred to as components and are handled generically by the target
3658independent parts of GCC.
3659
3660Using the following hooks those prologue or epilogue components can be
3661shrink-wrapped separately, so that the initialization (and possibly
3662teardown) those components do is not done as frequently on execution
3663paths where this would unnecessary.
3664
3665What exactly those components are is up to the target code; the generic
3666code treats them abstractly, as a bit in an @code{sbitmap}. These
3667@code{sbitmap}s are allocated by the @code{shrink_wrap.get_separate_components}
3668and @code{shrink_wrap.components_for_bb} hooks, and deallocated by the
3669generic code.
3670
3671@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_GET_SEPARATE_COMPONENTS
3672
3673@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_COMPONENTS_FOR_BB
3674
3675@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_DISQUALIFY_COMPONENTS
3676
3677@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_EMIT_PROLOGUE_COMPONENTS
3678
3679@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_EMIT_EPILOGUE_COMPONENTS
3680
3681@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_SET_HANDLED_COMPONENTS
3682
38f8b050
JR
3683@node Stack Smashing Protection
3684@subsection Stack smashing protection
3685@cindex stack smashing protection
3686
3687@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_GUARD
38f8b050
JR
3688
3689@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_FAIL
38f8b050 3690
87a5dc2d
JW
3691@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_RUNTIME_ENABLED_P
3692
7458026b
ILT
3693@hook TARGET_SUPPORTS_SPLIT_STACK
3694
c98c2430
ML
3695@hook TARGET_GET_VALID_OPTION_VALUES
3696
aaeaa9a9
RO
3697@node Miscellaneous Register Hooks
3698@subsection Miscellaneous register hooks
3699@cindex miscellaneous register hooks
3700
3701@hook TARGET_CALL_FUSAGE_CONTAINS_NON_CALLEE_CLOBBERS
3702
38f8b050
JR
3703@node Varargs
3704@section Implementing the Varargs Macros
3705@cindex varargs implementation
3706
3707GCC comes with an implementation of @code{<varargs.h>} and
3708@code{<stdarg.h>} that work without change on machines that pass arguments
3709on the stack. Other machines require their own implementations of
3710varargs, and the two machine independent header files must have
3711conditionals to include it.
3712
3713ISO @code{<stdarg.h>} differs from traditional @code{<varargs.h>} mainly in
3714the calling convention for @code{va_start}. The traditional
3715implementation takes just one argument, which is the variable in which
3716to store the argument pointer. The ISO implementation of
3717@code{va_start} takes an additional second argument. The user is
3718supposed to write the last named argument of the function here.
3719
3720However, @code{va_start} should not use this argument. The way to find
3721the end of the named arguments is with the built-in functions described
3722below.
3723
3724@defmac __builtin_saveregs ()
3725Use this built-in function to save the argument registers in memory so
3726that the varargs mechanism can access them. Both ISO and traditional
3727versions of @code{va_start} must use @code{__builtin_saveregs}, unless
3728you use @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} (see below) instead.
3729
3730On some machines, @code{__builtin_saveregs} is open-coded under the
3731control of the target hook @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. On
3732other machines, it calls a routine written in assembler language,
3733found in @file{libgcc2.c}.
3734
3735Code generated for the call to @code{__builtin_saveregs} appears at the
3736beginning of the function, as opposed to where the call to
3737@code{__builtin_saveregs} is written, regardless of what the code is.
3738This is because the registers must be saved before the function starts
3739to use them for its own purposes.
3740@c i rewrote the first sentence above to fix an overfull hbox. --mew
3741@c 10feb93
3742@end defmac
3743
38f8b050 3744@defmac __builtin_next_arg (@var{lastarg})
c59a0a1d 3745This builtin returns the address of the first anonymous stack
38f8b050
JR
3746argument, as type @code{void *}. If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, it
3747returns the address of the location above the first anonymous stack
3748argument. Use it in @code{va_start} to initialize the pointer for
3749fetching arguments from the stack. Also use it in @code{va_start} to
3750verify that the second parameter @var{lastarg} is the last named argument
3751of the current function.
3752@end defmac
3753
3754@defmac __builtin_classify_type (@var{object})
3755Since each machine has its own conventions for which data types are
3756passed in which kind of register, your implementation of @code{va_arg}
3757has to embody these conventions. The easiest way to categorize the
3758specified data type is to use @code{__builtin_classify_type} together
3759with @code{sizeof} and @code{__alignof__}.
3760
3761@code{__builtin_classify_type} ignores the value of @var{object},
3762considering only its data type. It returns an integer describing what
3763kind of type that is---integer, floating, pointer, structure, and so on.
3764
3765The file @file{typeclass.h} defines an enumeration that you can use to
3766interpret the values of @code{__builtin_classify_type}.
3767@end defmac
3768
3769These machine description macros help implement varargs:
3770
3771@hook TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS
38f8b050
JR
3772
3773@hook TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
38f8b050
JR
3774
3775@hook TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING
38f8b050 3776
2f21e1ba
BS
3777@hook TARGET_CALL_ARGS
3778
3779@hook TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS
3780
38f8b050 3781@hook TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED
38f8b050 3782
d5e254e1
IE
3783@hook TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG
3784
3785@hook TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG
3786
3787@hook TARGET_LOAD_RETURNED_BOUNDS
3788
3789@hook TARGET_STORE_RETURNED_BOUNDS
3790
38f8b050 3791@node Trampolines
92b6df43
SL
3792@section Support for Nested Functions
3793@cindex support for nested functions
38f8b050 3794@cindex trampolines for nested functions
92b6df43
SL
3795@cindex descriptors for nested functions
3796@cindex nested functions, support for
3797
3798Taking the address of a nested function requires special compiler
3799handling to ensure that the static chain register is loaded when
3800the function is invoked via an indirect call.
3801
3802GCC has traditionally supported nested functions by creating an
3803executable @dfn{trampoline} at run time when the address of a nested
3804function is taken. This is a small piece of code which normally
3805resides on the stack, in the stack frame of the containing function.
3806The trampoline loads the static chain register and then jumps to the
3807real address of the nested function.
3808
3809The use of trampolines requires an executable stack, which is a
3810security risk. To avoid this problem, GCC also supports another
3811strategy: using descriptors for nested functions. Under this model,
3812taking the address of a nested function results in a pointer to a
3813non-executable function descriptor object. Initializing the static chain
3814from the descriptor is handled at indirect call sites.
3815
3816On some targets, including HPPA and IA-64, function descriptors may be
3817mandated by the ABI or be otherwise handled in a target-specific way
3818by the back end in its code generation strategy for indirect calls.
3819GCC also provides its own generic descriptor implementation to support the
3820@option{-fno-trampolines} option. In this case runtime detection of
3821function descriptors at indirect call sites relies on descriptor
3822pointers being tagged with a bit that is never set in bare function
3823addresses. Since GCC's generic function descriptors are
3824not ABI-compliant, this option is typically used only on a
3825per-language basis (notably by Ada) or when it can otherwise be
3826applied to the whole program.
8f0d7f32 3827
4a0c4eae
PE
3828For languages other than Ada, the @code{-ftrampolines} and
3829@code{-fno-trampolines} options currently have no effect, and
3830trampolines are always generated on platforms that need them
3831for nested functions.
92b6df43
SL
3832
3833Define the following hook if your backend either implements ABI-specified
3834descriptor support, or can use GCC's generic descriptor implementation
3835for nested functions.
3836
3837@hook TARGET_CUSTOM_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTORS
3838
3839The following macros tell GCC how to generate code to allocate and
3840initialize an executable trampoline. You can also use this interface
3841if your back end needs to create ABI-specified non-executable descriptors; in
3842this case the "trampoline" created is the descriptor containing data only.
3843
3844The instructions in an executable trampoline must do two things: load
3845a constant address into the static chain register, and jump to the real
3846address of the nested function. On CISC machines such as the m68k,
3847this requires two instructions, a move immediate and a jump. Then the
3848two addresses exist in the trampoline as word-long immediate operands.
3849On RISC machines, it is often necessary to load each address into a
3850register in two parts. Then pieces of each address form separate
3851immediate operands.
38f8b050
JR
3852
3853The code generated to initialize the trampoline must store the variable
3854parts---the static chain value and the function address---into the
3855immediate operands of the instructions. On a CISC machine, this is
3856simply a matter of copying each address to a memory reference at the
3857proper offset from the start of the trampoline. On a RISC machine, it
3858may be necessary to take out pieces of the address and store them
3859separately.
3860
3861@hook TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE
38f8b050
JR
3862
3863@defmac TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
3864Return the section into which the trampoline template is to be placed
3865(@pxref{Sections}). The default value is @code{readonly_data_section}.
3866@end defmac
3867
3868@defmac TRAMPOLINE_SIZE
3869A C expression for the size in bytes of the trampoline, as an integer.
3870@end defmac
3871
3872@defmac TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT
3873Alignment required for trampolines, in bits.
3874
3875If you don't define this macro, the value of @code{FUNCTION_ALIGNMENT}
3876is used for aligning trampolines.
3877@end defmac
3878
3879@hook TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT
38f8b050 3880
c05ece92
AO
3881@hook TARGET_EMIT_CALL_BUILTIN___CLEAR_CACHE
3882
38f8b050 3883@hook TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_ADJUST_ADDRESS
38f8b050
JR
3884
3885Implementing trampolines is difficult on many machines because they have
3886separate instruction and data caches. Writing into a stack location
3887fails to clear the memory in the instruction cache, so when the program
3888jumps to that location, it executes the old contents.
3889
3890Here are two possible solutions. One is to clear the relevant parts of
3891the instruction cache whenever a trampoline is set up. The other is to
3892make all trampolines identical, by having them jump to a standard
3893subroutine. The former technique makes trampoline execution faster; the
3894latter makes initialization faster.
3895
3896To clear the instruction cache when a trampoline is initialized, define
3897the following macro.
3898
3899@defmac CLEAR_INSN_CACHE (@var{beg}, @var{end})
3900If defined, expands to a C expression clearing the @emph{instruction
3901cache} in the specified interval. The definition of this macro would
3902typically be a series of @code{asm} statements. Both @var{beg} and
c05ece92 3903@var{end} are pointer expressions.
38f8b050
JR
3904@end defmac
3905
38f8b050
JR
3906To use a standard subroutine, define the following macro. In addition,
3907you must make sure that the instructions in a trampoline fill an entire
3908cache line with identical instructions, or else ensure that the
3909beginning of the trampoline code is always aligned at the same point in
3910its cache line. Look in @file{m68k.h} as a guide.
3911
3912@defmac TRANSFER_FROM_TRAMPOLINE
3913Define this macro if trampolines need a special subroutine to do their
3914work. The macro should expand to a series of @code{asm} statements
3915which will be compiled with GCC@. They go in a library function named
3916@code{__transfer_from_trampoline}.
3917
3918If you need to avoid executing the ordinary prologue code of a compiled
3919C function when you jump to the subroutine, you can do so by placing a
3920special label of your own in the assembler code. Use one @code{asm}
3921statement to generate an assembler label, and another to make the label
3922global. Then trampolines can use that label to jump directly to your
3923special assembler code.
3924@end defmac
3925
3926@node Library Calls
3927@section Implicit Calls to Library Routines
3928@cindex library subroutine names
3929@cindex @file{libgcc.a}
3930
3931@c prevent bad page break with this line
3932Here is an explanation of implicit calls to library routines.
3933
3934@defmac DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES
3935This macro, if defined, should expand to a piece of C code that will get
3936expanded when compiling functions for libgcc.a. It can be used to
3937provide alternate names for GCC's internal library functions if there
3938are ABI-mandated names that the compiler should provide.
3939@end defmac
3940
3941@findex set_optab_libfunc
3942@findex init_one_libfunc
3943@hook TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS
38f8b050 3944
cdbf4541
BS
3945@hook TARGET_LIBFUNC_GNU_PREFIX
3946
38f8b050
JR
3947@defmac FLOAT_LIB_COMPARE_RETURNS_BOOL (@var{mode}, @var{comparison})
3948This macro should return @code{true} if the library routine that
3949implements the floating point comparison operator @var{comparison} in
3950mode @var{mode} will return a boolean, and @var{false} if it will
3951return a tristate.
3952
3953GCC's own floating point libraries return tristates from the
3954comparison operators, so the default returns false always. Most ports
3955don't need to define this macro.
3956@end defmac
3957
3958@defmac TARGET_LIB_INT_CMP_BIASED
3959This macro should evaluate to @code{true} if the integer comparison
3960functions (like @code{__cmpdi2}) return 0 to indicate that the first
3961operand is smaller than the second, 1 to indicate that they are equal,
3962and 2 to indicate that the first operand is greater than the second.
3963If this macro evaluates to @code{false} the comparison functions return
3964@minus{}1, 0, and 1 instead of 0, 1, and 2. If the target uses the routines
3965in @file{libgcc.a}, you do not need to define this macro.
3966@end defmac
3967
30b8f78b
KV
3968@defmac TARGET_HAS_NO_HW_DIVIDE
3969This macro should be defined if the target has no hardware divide
3970instructions. If this macro is defined, GCC will use an algorithm which
3971make use of simple logical and arithmetic operations for 64-bit
3972division. If the macro is not defined, GCC will use an algorithm which
3973make use of a 64-bit by 32-bit divide primitive.
3974@end defmac
3975
38f8b050
JR
3976@cindex @code{EDOM}, implicit usage
3977@findex matherr
3978@defmac TARGET_EDOM
3979The value of @code{EDOM} on the target machine, as a C integer constant
3980expression. If you don't define this macro, GCC does not attempt to
3981deposit the value of @code{EDOM} into @code{errno} directly. Look in
3982@file{/usr/include/errno.h} to find the value of @code{EDOM} on your
3983system.
3984
3985If you do not define @code{TARGET_EDOM}, then compiled code reports
3986domain errors by calling the library function and letting it report the
3987error. If mathematical functions on your system use @code{matherr} when
3988there is an error, then you should leave @code{TARGET_EDOM} undefined so
3989that @code{matherr} is used normally.
3990@end defmac
3991
3992@cindex @code{errno}, implicit usage
3993@defmac GEN_ERRNO_RTX
3994Define this macro as a C expression to create an rtl expression that
3995refers to the global ``variable'' @code{errno}. (On certain systems,
3996@code{errno} may not actually be a variable.) If you don't define this
3997macro, a reasonable default is used.
3998@end defmac
3999
d33d9e47 4000@hook TARGET_LIBC_HAS_FUNCTION
38f8b050 4001
db91c7cf
ML
4002@hook TARGET_LIBC_HAS_FAST_FUNCTION
4003
38f8b050 4004@defmac NEXT_OBJC_RUNTIME
fea3ca91
IS
4005Set this macro to 1 to use the "NeXT" Objective-C message sending conventions
4006by default. This calling convention involves passing the object, the selector
4007and the method arguments all at once to the method-lookup library function.
4008This is the usual setting when targeting Darwin/Mac OS X systems, which have
4009the NeXT runtime installed.
4010
4011If the macro is set to 0, the "GNU" Objective-C message sending convention
4012will be used by default. This convention passes just the object and the
4013selector to the method-lookup function, which returns a pointer to the method.
4014
4015In either case, it remains possible to select code-generation for the alternate
4016scheme, by means of compiler command line switches.
38f8b050
JR
4017@end defmac
4018
4019@node Addressing Modes
4020@section Addressing Modes
4021@cindex addressing modes
4022
4023@c prevent bad page break with this line
4024This is about addressing modes.
4025
4026@defmac HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT
4027@defmacx HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
4028@defmacx HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
4029@defmacx HAVE_POST_DECREMENT
4030A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre-increment,
4031pre-decrement, post-increment, or post-decrement addressing respectively.
4032@end defmac
4033
4034@defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_DISP
4035@defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_DISP
4036A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or
4037post-address side-effect generation involving constants other than
4038the size of the memory operand.
4039@end defmac
4040
4041@defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_REG
4042@defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_REG
4043A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or
4044post-address side-effect generation involving a register displacement.
4045@end defmac
4046
4047@defmac CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (@var{x})
4048A C expression that is 1 if the RTX @var{x} is a constant which
4049is a valid address. On most machines the default definition of
4050@code{(CONSTANT_P (@var{x}) && GET_CODE (@var{x}) != CONST_DOUBLE)}
4051is acceptable, but a few machines are more restrictive as to which
ff2ce160 4052constant addresses are supported.
38f8b050
JR
4053@end defmac
4054
4055@defmac CONSTANT_P (@var{x})
4056@code{CONSTANT_P}, which is defined by target-independent code,
4057accepts integer-values expressions whose values are not explicitly
4058known, such as @code{symbol_ref}, @code{label_ref}, and @code{high}
4059expressions and @code{const} arithmetic expressions, in addition to
4060@code{const_int} and @code{const_double} expressions.
4061@end defmac
4062
4063@defmac MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS
4064A number, the maximum number of registers that can appear in a valid
4065memory address. Note that it is up to you to specify a value equal to
4066the maximum number that @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} would ever
4067accept.
4068@end defmac
4069
4070@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
38f8b050
JR
4071
4072@defmac TARGET_MEM_CONSTRAINT
4073A single character to be used instead of the default @code{'m'}
4074character for general memory addresses. This defines the constraint
4075letter which matches the memory addresses accepted by
4076@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P}. Define this macro if you want to
4077support new address formats in your back end without changing the
4078semantics of the @code{'m'} constraint. This is necessary in order to
4079preserve functionality of inline assembly constructs using the
4080@code{'m'} constraint.
4081@end defmac
4082
4083@defmac FIND_BASE_TERM (@var{x})
4084A C expression to determine the base term of address @var{x},
4085or to provide a simplified version of @var{x} from which @file{alias.c}
4086can easily find the base term. This macro is used in only two places:
4087@code{find_base_value} and @code{find_base_term} in @file{alias.c}.
4088
4089It is always safe for this macro to not be defined. It exists so
4090that alias analysis can understand machine-dependent addresses.
4091
4092The typical use of this macro is to handle addresses containing
4093a label_ref or symbol_ref within an UNSPEC@.
4094@end defmac
4095
4096@hook TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
38f8b050
JR
4097
4098@defmac LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS (@var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{opnum}, @var{type}, @var{ind_levels}, @var{win})
4099A C compound statement that attempts to replace @var{x}, which is an address
4100that needs reloading, with a valid memory address for an operand of mode
4101@var{mode}. @var{win} will be a C statement label elsewhere in the code.
4102It is not necessary to define this macro, but it might be useful for
4103performance reasons.
4104
4105For example, on the i386, it is sometimes possible to use a single
4106reload register instead of two by reloading a sum of two pseudo
4107registers into a register. On the other hand, for number of RISC
4108processors offsets are limited so that often an intermediate address
4109needs to be generated in order to address a stack slot. By defining
4110@code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} appropriately, the intermediate addresses
4111generated for adjacent some stack slots can be made identical, and thus
4112be shared.
4113
4114@emph{Note}: This macro should be used with caution. It is necessary
4115to know something of how reload works in order to effectively use this,
4116and it is quite easy to produce macros that build in too much knowledge
4117of reload internals.
4118
4119@emph{Note}: This macro must be able to reload an address created by a
4120previous invocation of this macro. If it fails to handle such addresses
4121then the compiler may generate incorrect code or abort.
4122
4123@findex push_reload
4124The macro definition should use @code{push_reload} to indicate parts that
4125need reloading; @var{opnum}, @var{type} and @var{ind_levels} are usually
4126suitable to be passed unaltered to @code{push_reload}.
4127
4128The code generated by this macro must not alter the substructure of
4129@var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it
4130should assign @var{x} (which will always be a C variable) a new value.
4131This also applies to parts that you change indirectly by calling
4132@code{push_reload}.
4133
4134@findex strict_memory_address_p
4135The macro definition may use @code{strict_memory_address_p} to test if
4136the address has become legitimate.
4137
4138@findex copy_rtx
4139If you want to change only a part of @var{x}, one standard way of doing
4140this is to use @code{copy_rtx}. Note, however, that it unshares only a
4141single level of rtl. Thus, if the part to be changed is not at the
4142top level, you'll need to replace first the top level.
4143It is not necessary for this macro to come up with a legitimate
4144address; but often a machine-dependent strategy can generate better code.
4145@end defmac
4146
4147@hook TARGET_MODE_DEPENDENT_ADDRESS_P
38f8b050 4148
1a627b35 4149@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P
38f8b050 4150
a21b3997
DE
4151@hook TARGET_PRECOMPUTE_TLS_P
4152
38f8b050 4153@hook TARGET_DELEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
38f8b050 4154
93bcc8c9 4155@hook TARGET_CONST_NOT_OK_FOR_DEBUG_P
93bcc8c9 4156
38f8b050 4157@hook TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM
38f8b050
JR
4158
4159@hook TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_CONSTANT_P
38f8b050 4160
361a58da 4161@hook TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_DECL_P
361a58da 4162
89356d17 4163@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_RECIPROCAL
38f8b050
JR
4164
4165@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_MASK_FOR_LOAD
38f8b050 4166
38f8b050 4167@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZATION_COST
38f8b050 4168
f702e7d4
RS
4169@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT
4170
38f8b050 4171@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT_REACHABLE
38f8b050 4172
f151c9e1 4173@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VEC_PERM_CONST
38f8b050 4174
38f8b050 4175@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZED_FUNCTION
38f8b050 4176
10766209
RS
4177@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_MD_VECTORIZED_FUNCTION
4178
38f8b050 4179@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_SUPPORT_VECTOR_MISALIGNMENT
38f8b050 4180
cc4b5170 4181@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE
26983c22 4182
c803b2a9
RB
4183@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_SPLIT_REDUCTION
4184
e021fb86 4185@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_AUTOVECTORIZE_VECTOR_MODES
767f865f 4186
f0955233
RS
4187@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE
4188
9f47c7e5
IE
4189@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_GET_MASK_MODE
4190
76a34e3f
RS
4191@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_EMPTY_MASK_IS_EXPENSIVE
4192
c3e7ee41
BS
4193@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST
4194
4195@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_ADD_STMT_COST
4196
4197@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_FINISH_COST
4198
4199@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_DESTROY_COST_DATA
4200
aec7ae7d 4201@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_GATHER
aec7ae7d 4202
3bab6342
AT
4203@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_SCATTER
4204
0136f8f0
AH
4205@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_COMPUTE_VECSIZE_AND_SIMDLEN
4206
4207@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_ADJUST
4208
4209@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_USABLE
4210
5012919d
AM
4211@hook TARGET_SIMT_VF
4212
9ba66bf5
JJ
4213@hook TARGET_OMP_DEVICE_KIND_ARCH_ISA
4214
94829f87
NS
4215@hook TARGET_GOACC_VALIDATE_DIMS
4216
bd751975
NS
4217@hook TARGET_GOACC_DIM_LIMIT
4218
6e91acf8
NS
4219@hook TARGET_GOACC_FORK_JOIN
4220
e5014671
NS
4221@hook TARGET_GOACC_REDUCTION
4222
6a86928d
RS
4223@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_ELSE_VALUE
4224
29a2f518
JB
4225@hook TARGET_GOACC_ADJUST_PRIVATE_DECL
4226
4227@hook TARGET_GOACC_EXPAND_VAR_DECL
4228
e2a58ed6
JB
4229@hook TARGET_GOACC_CREATE_WORKER_BROADCAST_RECORD
4230
2a3f9f65
JB
4231@hook TARGET_GOACC_SHARED_MEM_LAYOUT
4232
38f8b050
JR
4233@node Anchored Addresses
4234@section Anchored Addresses
4235@cindex anchored addresses
4236@cindex @option{-fsection-anchors}
4237
4238GCC usually addresses every static object as a separate entity.
4239For example, if we have:
4240
4241@smallexample
4242static int a, b, c;
4243int foo (void) @{ return a + b + c; @}
4244@end smallexample
4245
4246the code for @code{foo} will usually calculate three separate symbolic
4247addresses: those of @code{a}, @code{b} and @code{c}. On some targets,
4248it would be better to calculate just one symbolic address and access
4249the three variables relative to it. The equivalent pseudocode would
4250be something like:
4251
4252@smallexample
4253int foo (void)
4254@{
4255 register int *xr = &x;
4256 return xr[&a - &x] + xr[&b - &x] + xr[&c - &x];
4257@}
4258@end smallexample
4259
4260(which isn't valid C). We refer to shared addresses like @code{x} as
4261``section anchors''. Their use is controlled by @option{-fsection-anchors}.
4262
4263The hooks below describe the target properties that GCC needs to know
4264in order to make effective use of section anchors. It won't use
4265section anchors at all unless either @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}
4266or @code{TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET} is set to a nonzero value.
4267
4268@hook TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET
38f8b050
JR
4269
4270@hook TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET
38f8b050
JR
4271
4272@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR
38f8b050
JR
4273
4274@hook TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P
38f8b050
JR
4275
4276@node Condition Code
4277@section Condition Code Status
4278@cindex condition code status
4279
bd1cd0d0
SB
4280Condition codes in GCC are represented as registers,
4281which provides better schedulability for
38f8b050
JR
4282architectures that do have a condition code register, but on which
4283most instructions do not affect it. The latter category includes
4284most RISC machines.
4285
bd1cd0d0 4286Implicit clobbering would pose a strong restriction on the placement of
c4f6267b
L
4287the definition and use of the condition code. In the past the definition
4288and use were always adjacent. However, recent changes to support trapping
bd1cd0d0 4289arithmetic may result in the definition and user being in different blocks.
c4f6267b
L
4290Thus, there may be a @code{NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK} between them. Additionally,
4291the definition may be the source of exception handling edges.
4292
4293These restrictions can prevent important
38f8b050
JR
4294optimizations on some machines. For example, on the IBM RS/6000, there
4295is a delay for taken branches unless the condition code register is set
4296three instructions earlier than the conditional branch. The instruction
4297scheduler cannot perform this optimization if it is not permitted to
4298separate the definition and use of the condition code register.
4299
bd1cd0d0 4300If there is a specific
38f8b050
JR
4301condition code register in the machine, use a hard register. If the
4302condition code or comparison result can be placed in any general register,
4303or if there are multiple condition registers, use a pseudo register.
4304Registers used to store the condition code value will usually have a mode
4305that is in class @code{MODE_CC}.
4306
4307Alternatively, you can use @code{BImode} if the comparison operator is
4308specified already in the compare instruction. In this case, you are not
4309interested in most macros in this section.
4310
4311@menu
38f8b050 4312* MODE_CC Condition Codes:: Modern representation of condition codes.
38f8b050
JR
4313@end menu
4314
38f8b050
JR
4315@node MODE_CC Condition Codes
4316@subsection Representation of condition codes using registers
4317@findex CCmode
4318@findex MODE_CC
4319
4320@defmac SELECT_CC_MODE (@var{op}, @var{x}, @var{y})
4321On many machines, the condition code may be produced by other instructions
4322than compares, for example the branch can use directly the condition
4323code set by a subtract instruction. However, on some machines
4324when the condition code is set this way some bits (such as the overflow
4325bit) are not set in the same way as a test instruction, so that a different
4326branch instruction must be used for some conditional branches. When
4327this happens, use the machine mode of the condition code register to
4328record different formats of the condition code register. Modes can
630ba2fd 4329also be used to record which compare instruction (e.g.@: a signed or an
38f8b050
JR
4330unsigned comparison) produced the condition codes.
4331
4332If other modes than @code{CCmode} are required, add them to
4333@file{@var{machine}-modes.def} and define @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} to choose
4334a mode given an operand of a compare. This is needed because the modes
4335have to be chosen not only during RTL generation but also, for example,
4336by instruction combination. The result of @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} should
4337be consistent with the mode used in the patterns; for example to support
4338the case of the add on the SPARC discussed above, we have the pattern
4339
4340@smallexample
4341(define_insn ""
ff7e7ee0
EB
4342 [(set (reg:CCNZ 0)
4343 (compare:CCNZ
38f8b050
JR
4344 (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "%r")
4345 (match_operand:SI 1 "arith_operand" "rI"))
4346 (const_int 0)))]
4347 ""
4348 "@dots{}")
4349@end smallexample
4350
4351@noindent
ff7e7ee0 4352together with a @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} that returns @code{CCNZmode}
38f8b050
JR
4353for comparisons whose argument is a @code{plus}:
4354
4355@smallexample
4356#define SELECT_CC_MODE(OP,X,Y) \
95cc11e1
EB
4357 (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (X)) == MODE_FLOAT \
4358 ? ((OP == LT || OP == LE || OP == GT || OP == GE) \
4359 ? CCFPEmode : CCFPmode) \
4360 : ((GET_CODE (X) == PLUS || GET_CODE (X) == MINUS \
4361 || GET_CODE (X) == NEG || GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFT) \
ff7e7ee0 4362 ? CCNZmode : CCmode))
38f8b050
JR
4363@end smallexample
4364
4365Another reason to use modes is to retain information on which operands
4366were used by the comparison; see @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE} later in
4367this section.
4368
4369You should define this macro if and only if you define extra CC modes
4370in @file{@var{machine}-modes.def}.
4371@end defmac
4372
d331d374 4373@hook TARGET_CANONICALIZE_COMPARISON
38f8b050
JR
4374
4375@defmac REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})
4376A C expression whose value is one if it is always safe to reverse a
4377comparison whose mode is @var{mode}. If @code{SELECT_CC_MODE}
4378can ever return @var{mode} for a floating-point inequality comparison,
4379then @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} must be zero.
4380
4381You need not define this macro if it would always returns zero or if the
4382floating-point format is anything other than @code{IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT}.
4383For example, here is the definition used on the SPARC, where floating-point
95cc11e1 4384inequality comparisons are given either @code{CCFPEmode} or @code{CCFPmode}:
38f8b050
JR
4385
4386@smallexample
95cc11e1
EB
4387#define REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE(MODE) \
4388 ((MODE) != CCFPEmode && (MODE) != CCFPmode)
38f8b050
JR
4389@end smallexample
4390@end defmac
4391
4392@defmac REVERSE_CONDITION (@var{code}, @var{mode})
4393A C expression whose value is reversed condition code of the @var{code} for
4394comparison done in CC_MODE @var{mode}. The macro is used only in case
4395@code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} is nonzero. Define this macro in case
4396machine has some non-standard way how to reverse certain conditionals. For
4397instance in case all floating point conditions are non-trapping, compiler may
95cc11e1 4398freely convert unordered compares to ordered ones. Then definition may look
38f8b050
JR
4399like:
4400
4401@smallexample
4402#define REVERSE_CONDITION(CODE, MODE) \
4403 ((MODE) != CCFPmode ? reverse_condition (CODE) \
4404 : reverse_condition_maybe_unordered (CODE))
4405@end smallexample
4406@end defmac
4407
4408@hook TARGET_FIXED_CONDITION_CODE_REGS
38f8b050
JR
4409
4410@hook TARGET_CC_MODES_COMPATIBLE
38f8b050 4411
8f048116
EB
4412@hook TARGET_FLAGS_REGNUM
4413
38f8b050
JR
4414@node Costs
4415@section Describing Relative Costs of Operations
4416@cindex costs of instructions
4417@cindex relative costs
4418@cindex speed of instructions
4419
4420These macros let you describe the relative speed of various operations
4421on the target machine.
4422
4423@defmac REGISTER_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{from}, @var{to})
4424A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} from a
4425register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes are
4426expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}. A
4427value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to
4428that.
4429
4430It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the
4431same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between
4432registers if they are not general registers.
4433
4434If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two
4435hard registers, and if @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their
4436classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the
4437constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will
4438allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this
4439if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.
4440
4441These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
4442@code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} instead.
4443@end defmac
4444
4445@hook TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST
38f8b050
JR
4446
4447@defmac MEMORY_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{class}, @var{in})
4448A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} between a
4449register of class @var{class} and memory; @var{in} is zero if the value
4450is to be written to memory, nonzero if it is to be read in. This cost
4451is relative to those in @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST}. If moving between
4452registers and memory is more expensive than between two registers, you
4453should define this macro to express the relative cost.
4454
4455If you do not define this macro, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus
4456the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is
4457needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy
4458between memory and a register of @var{class} but the reload mechanism is
4459more complex than copying via an intermediate, define this macro to
4460reflect the actual cost of the move.
4461
4462GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if
4463secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via
4464a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a
4465secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of
44664 is not correct for your machine, define this macro to add some other
4467value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function
4468are the same as to this macro.
4469
4470These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
4471@code{TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST} instead.
4472@end defmac
4473
911852ff 4474@hook TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST
38f8b050
JR
4475
4476@defmac BRANCH_COST (@var{speed_p}, @var{predictable_p})
525d13b0
MS
4477A C expression for the cost of a branch instruction. A value of 1 is
4478the default; other values are interpreted relative to that. Parameter
4479@var{speed_p} is true when the branch in question should be optimized
4480for speed. When it is false, @code{BRANCH_COST} should return a value
4481optimal for code size rather than performance. @var{predictable_p} is
4482true for well-predicted branches. On many architectures the
4483@code{BRANCH_COST} can be reduced then.
38f8b050
JR
4484@end defmac
4485
4486Here are additional macros which do not specify precise relative costs,
4487but only that certain actions are more expensive than GCC would
4488ordinarily expect.
4489
4490@defmac SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS
4491Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if accessing less
4492than a word of memory (i.e.@: a @code{char} or a @code{short}) is no
4493faster than accessing a word of memory, i.e., if such access
4494require more than one instruction or if there is no difference in cost
4495between byte and (aligned) word loads.
4496
4497When this macro is not defined, the compiler will access a field by
4498finding the smallest containing object; when it is defined, a fullword
4499load will be used if alignment permits. Unless bytes accesses are
4500faster than word accesses, using word accesses is preferable since it
4501may eliminate subsequent memory access if subsequent accesses occur to
4502other fields in the same word of the structure, but to different bytes.
4503@end defmac
4504
e0bd6c9f 4505@hook TARGET_SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS
38f8b050
JR
4506
4507@defmac MOVE_RATIO (@var{speed})
4508The threshold of number of scalar memory-to-memory move insns, @emph{below}
4509which a sequence of insns should be generated instead of a
4510string move insn or a library call. Increasing the value will always
4511make code faster, but eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4512
4513Note that on machines where the corresponding move insn is a
4514@code{define_expand} that emits a sequence of insns, this macro counts
4515the number of such sequences.
4516
4517The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4518optimized for speed rather than size.
4519
4520If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used.
4521@end defmac
4522
7cbed008
JG
4523@hook TARGET_USE_BY_PIECES_INFRASTRUCTURE_P
4524
985b3a68
L
4525@hook TARGET_OVERLAP_OP_BY_PIECES_P
4526
36b85e43
BS
4527@hook TARGET_COMPARE_BY_PIECES_BRANCH_RATIO
4528
38f8b050
JR
4529@defmac MOVE_MAX_PIECES
4530A C expression used by @code{move_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4531a load or store used to copy memory is. Defaults to @code{MOVE_MAX}.
4532@end defmac
4533
36b85e43
BS
4534@defmac STORE_MAX_PIECES
4535A C expression used by @code{store_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4536a store used to memory is. Defaults to @code{MOVE_MAX_PIECES}, or two times
4537the size of @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}, whichever is smaller.
4538@end defmac
4539
4540@defmac COMPARE_MAX_PIECES
4541A C expression used by @code{compare_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4542a load or store used to compare memory is. Defaults to
4543@code{MOVE_MAX_PIECES}.
4544@end defmac
4545
38f8b050
JR
4546@defmac CLEAR_RATIO (@var{speed})
4547The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence
4548of insns should be generated to clear memory instead of a string clear insn
4549or a library call. Increasing the value will always make code faster, but
4550eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4551
4552The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4553optimized for speed rather than size.
4554
4555If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used.
4556@end defmac
4557
38f8b050
JR
4558@defmac SET_RATIO (@var{speed})
4559The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence
4560of insns should be generated to set memory to a constant value, instead of
ff2ce160 4561a block set insn or a library call.
38f8b050
JR
4562Increasing the value will always make code faster, but
4563eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4564
4565The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4566optimized for speed rather than size.
4567
4568If you don't define this, it defaults to the value of @code{MOVE_RATIO}.
4569@end defmac
4570
38f8b050
JR
4571@defmac USE_LOAD_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4572A C expression used to determine whether a load postincrement is a good
4573thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4574@code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}.
4575@end defmac
4576
4577@defmac USE_LOAD_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4578A C expression used to determine whether a load postdecrement is a good
4579thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4580@code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}.
4581@end defmac
4582
4583@defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4584A C expression used to determine whether a load preincrement is a good
4585thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4586@code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}.
4587@end defmac
4588
4589@defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4590A C expression used to determine whether a load predecrement is a good
4591thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4592@code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}.
4593@end defmac
4594
4595@defmac USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4596A C expression used to determine whether a store postincrement is a good
4597thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4598@code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}.
4599@end defmac
4600
4601@defmac USE_STORE_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4602A C expression used to determine whether a store postdecrement is a good
4603thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4604@code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}.
4605@end defmac
4606
4607@defmac USE_STORE_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4608This macro is used to determine whether a store preincrement is a good
4609thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4610@code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}.
4611@end defmac
4612
4613@defmac USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4614This macro is used to determine whether a store predecrement is a good
4615thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4616@code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}.
4617@end defmac
4618
4619@defmac NO_FUNCTION_CSE
1e8552c2 4620Define this macro to be true if it is as good or better to call a constant
38f8b050
JR
4621function address than to call an address kept in a register.
4622@end defmac
4623
a8d56c30
SB
4624@defmac LOGICAL_OP_NON_SHORT_CIRCUIT
4625Define this macro if a non-short-circuit operation produced by
4626@samp{fold_range_test ()} is optimal. This macro defaults to true if
4627@code{BRANCH_COST} is greater than or equal to the value 2.
4628@end defmac
4629
d95ab70a
RS
4630@hook TARGET_OPTAB_SUPPORTED_P
4631
38f8b050 4632@hook TARGET_RTX_COSTS
38f8b050
JR
4633
4634@hook TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
38f8b050 4635
94105f5c
SB
4636@hook TARGET_INSN_COST
4637
e914c11a
JG
4638@hook TARGET_MAX_NOCE_IFCVT_SEQ_COST
4639
d16e2ddd
JJ
4640@hook TARGET_NOCE_CONVERSION_PROFITABLE_P
4641
de6320a8
CB
4642@hook TARGET_NEW_ADDRESS_PROFITABLE_P
4643
f52a73a4
SD
4644@hook TARGET_NO_SPECULATION_IN_DELAY_SLOTS_P
4645
e535b963
RS
4646@hook TARGET_ESTIMATED_POLY_VALUE
4647
38f8b050
JR
4648@node Scheduling
4649@section Adjusting the Instruction Scheduler
4650
4651The instruction scheduler may need a fair amount of machine-specific
4652adjustment in order to produce good code. GCC provides several target
4653hooks for this purpose. It is usually enough to define just a few of
4654them: try the first ones in this list first.
4655
4656@hook TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE
38f8b050
JR
4657
4658@hook TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE
38f8b050
JR
4659
4660@hook TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST
38f8b050
JR
4661
4662@hook TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_PRIORITY
38f8b050
JR
4663
4664@hook TARGET_SCHED_REORDER
38f8b050
JR
4665
4666@hook TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2
38f8b050 4667
0dc41f28
WM
4668@hook TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_P
4669
4670@hook TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_PAIR_P
4671
38f8b050 4672@hook TARGET_SCHED_DEPENDENCIES_EVALUATION_HOOK
38f8b050
JR
4673
4674@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT
38f8b050
JR
4675
4676@hook TARGET_SCHED_FINISH
38f8b050
JR
4677
4678@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL
38f8b050
JR
4679
4680@hook TARGET_SCHED_FINISH_GLOBAL
38f8b050
JR
4681
4682@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN
38f8b050
JR
4683
4684@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN
38f8b050
JR
4685
4686@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN
38f8b050
JR
4687
4688@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN
38f8b050
JR
4689
4690@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_ADVANCE_CYCLE
38f8b050
JR
4691
4692@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_ADVANCE_CYCLE
38f8b050
JR
4693
4694@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD
38f8b050
JR
4695
4696@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD_GUARD
4697
894fd6f2 4698@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_BEGIN
894fd6f2
MK
4699
4700@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_ISSUE
894fd6f2
MK
4701
4702@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_BACKTRACK
894fd6f2
MK
4703
4704@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_END
894fd6f2
MK
4705
4706@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_INIT
894fd6f2
MK
4707
4708@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_FINI
894fd6f2 4709
c06bbdf7 4710@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_NEW_CYCLE
38f8b050
JR
4711
4712@hook TARGET_SCHED_IS_COSTLY_DEPENDENCE
38f8b050
JR
4713
4714@hook TARGET_SCHED_H_I_D_EXTENDED
38f8b050
JR
4715
4716@hook TARGET_SCHED_ALLOC_SCHED_CONTEXT
38f8b050
JR
4717
4718@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_SCHED_CONTEXT
38f8b050
JR
4719
4720@hook TARGET_SCHED_SET_SCHED_CONTEXT
38f8b050
JR
4721
4722@hook TARGET_SCHED_CLEAR_SCHED_CONTEXT
38f8b050
JR
4723
4724@hook TARGET_SCHED_FREE_SCHED_CONTEXT
38f8b050
JR
4725
4726@hook TARGET_SCHED_SPECULATE_INSN
38f8b050
JR
4727
4728@hook TARGET_SCHED_NEEDS_BLOCK_P
38f8b050
JR
4729
4730@hook TARGET_SCHED_GEN_SPEC_CHECK
38f8b050 4731
38f8b050 4732@hook TARGET_SCHED_SET_SCHED_FLAGS
38f8b050 4733
176274c9
SB
4734@hook TARGET_SCHED_CAN_SPECULATE_INSN
4735
38f8b050 4736@hook TARGET_SCHED_SMS_RES_MII
38f8b050 4737
7942e47e 4738@hook TARGET_SCHED_DISPATCH
7942e47e
RY
4739
4740@hook TARGET_SCHED_DISPATCH_DO
7942e47e 4741
b0bd15f7
BS
4742@hook TARGET_SCHED_EXPOSED_PIPELINE
4743
df7b0cc4
EI
4744@hook TARGET_SCHED_REASSOCIATION_WIDTH
4745
b16abbcb
BC
4746@hook TARGET_SCHED_FUSION_PRIORITY
4747
e72531b9
PK
4748@hook TARGET_EXPAND_DIVMOD_LIBFUNC
4749
38f8b050
JR
4750@node Sections
4751@section Dividing the Output into Sections (Texts, Data, @dots{})
4752@c the above section title is WAY too long. maybe cut the part between
4753@c the (...)? --mew 10feb93
4754
4755An object file is divided into sections containing different types of
4756data. In the most common case, there are three sections: the @dfn{text
4757section}, which holds instructions and read-only data; the @dfn{data
4758section}, which holds initialized writable data; and the @dfn{bss
4759section}, which holds uninitialized data. Some systems have other kinds
4760of sections.
4761
4762@file{varasm.c} provides several well-known sections, such as
4763@code{text_section}, @code{data_section} and @code{bss_section}.
4764The normal way of controlling a @code{@var{foo}_section} variable
4765is to define the associated @code{@var{FOO}_SECTION_ASM_OP} macro,
4766as described below. The macros are only read once, when @file{varasm.c}
4767initializes itself, so their values must be run-time constants.
4768They may however depend on command-line flags.
4769
4770@emph{Note:} Some run-time files, such @file{crtstuff.c}, also make
4771use of the @code{@var{FOO}_SECTION_ASM_OP} macros, and expect them
4772to be string literals.
4773
4774Some assemblers require a different string to be written every time a
4775section is selected. If your assembler falls into this category, you
4776should define the @code{TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS} hook and use
4777@code{get_unnamed_section} to set up the sections.
4778
4779You must always create a @code{text_section}, either by defining
4780@code{TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or by initializing @code{text_section}
4781in @code{TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS}. The same is true of
4782@code{data_section} and @code{DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP}. If you do not
4783create a distinct @code{readonly_data_section}, the default is to
4784reuse @code{text_section}.
4785
4786All the other @file{varasm.c} sections are optional, and are null
4787if the target does not provide them.
4788
4789@defmac TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
4790A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4791assembler operation that should precede instructions and read-only data.
4792Normally @code{"\t.text"} is right.
4793@end defmac
4794
4795@defmac HOT_TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4796If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing most
4797frequently executed functions of the program. If not defined, GCC will provide
4798a default definition if the target supports named sections.
4799@end defmac
4800
4801@defmac UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4802If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing unlikely
4803executed functions in the program.
4804@end defmac
4805
4806@defmac DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4807A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4808assembler operation to identify the following data as writable initialized
4809data. Normally @code{"\t.data"} is right.
4810@end defmac
4811
4812@defmac SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4813If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4814containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4815initialized, writable small data.
4816@end defmac
4817
4818@defmac READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4819A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4820assembler operation to identify the following data as read-only initialized
4821data.
4822@end defmac
4823
4824@defmac BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
4825If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4826containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
07c5f94e
AS
4827uninitialized global data. If not defined, and
4828@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS} not defined,
38f8b050
JR
4829uninitialized global data will be output in the data section if
4830@option{-fno-common} is passed, otherwise @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} will be
4831used.
4832@end defmac
4833
4834@defmac SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
4835If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4836containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4837uninitialized, writable small data.
4838@end defmac
4839
4840@defmac TLS_COMMON_ASM_OP
4841If defined, a C expression whose value is a string containing the
4842assembler operation to identify the following data as thread-local
4843common data. The default is @code{".tls_common"}.
4844@end defmac
4845
4846@defmac TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
4847If defined, a C expression whose value is a character constant
4848containing the flag used to mark a section as a TLS section. The
4849default is @code{'T'}.
4850@end defmac
4851
4852@defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
4853If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4854containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4855initialization code. If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does
4856not exist. This section has no corresponding @code{init_section}
4857variable; it is used entirely in runtime code.
4858@end defmac
4859
4860@defmac FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP
4861If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4862containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4863finalization code. If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does
4864not exist. This section has no corresponding @code{fini_section}
4865variable; it is used entirely in runtime code.
4866@end defmac
4867
4868@defmac INIT_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP
4869If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4870containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4871part of the @code{.init_array} (or equivalent) section. If not
4872defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist. Do not define
4873both this macro and @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
4874@end defmac
4875
4876@defmac FINI_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP
4877If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4878containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4879part of the @code{.fini_array} (or equivalent) section. If not
4880defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist. Do not define
4881both this macro and @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
4882@end defmac
4883
b2eb4ed5
RO
4884@defmac MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
4885If defined, a C expression whose value is a character constant
4886containing the flag used to mark a machine-dependent section. This
4887corresponds to the @code{SECTION_MACH_DEP} section flag.
4888@end defmac
4889
38f8b050
JR
4890@defmac CRT_CALL_STATIC_FUNCTION (@var{section_op}, @var{function})
4891If defined, an ASM statement that switches to a different section
4892via @var{section_op}, calls @var{function}, and switches back to
4893the text section. This is used in @file{crtstuff.c} if
4894@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP} to calls
4895to initialization and finalization functions from the init and fini
4896sections. By default, this macro uses a simple function call. Some
4897ports need hand-crafted assembly code to avoid dependencies on
4898registers initialized in the function prologue or to ensure that
4899constant pools don't end up too far way in the text section.
4900@end defmac
4901
4902@defmac TARGET_LIBGCC_SDATA_SECTION
4903If defined, a string which names the section into which small
4904variables defined in crtstuff and libgcc should go. This is useful
4905when the target has options for optimizing access to small data, and
4906you want the crtstuff and libgcc routines to be conservative in what
4907they expect of your application yet liberal in what your application
4908expects. For example, for targets with a @code{.sdata} section (like
4909MIPS), you could compile crtstuff with @code{-G 0} so that it doesn't
4910require small data support from your application, but use this macro
4911to put small data into @code{.sdata} so that your application can
4912access these variables whether it uses small data or not.
4913@end defmac
4914
4915@defmac FORCE_CODE_SECTION_ALIGN
4916If defined, an ASM statement that aligns a code section to some
4917arbitrary boundary. This is used to force all fragments of the
4918@code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections to have to same alignment
4919and thus prevent the linker from having to add any padding.
4920@end defmac
4921
4922@defmac JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION
4923Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if jump
4924tables (for @code{tablejump} insns) should be output in the text
4925section, along with the assembler instructions. Otherwise, the
4926readonly data section is used.
4927
4928This macro is irrelevant if there is no separate readonly data section.
4929@end defmac
4930
4931@hook TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS
38f8b050
JR
4932
4933@hook TARGET_ASM_RELOC_RW_MASK
38f8b050 4934
af1682fc
AS
4935@hook TARGET_ASM_GENERATE_PIC_ADDR_DIFF_VEC
4936
38f8b050 4937@hook TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION
38f8b050
JR
4938
4939@defmac USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
4940Define this macro if you wish TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION to be called
4941for @code{FUNCTION_DECL}s as well as for variables and constants.
4942
4943In the case of a @code{FUNCTION_DECL}, @var{reloc} will be zero if the
4944function has been determined to be likely to be called, and nonzero if
4945it is unlikely to be called.
4946@end defmac
4947
4948@hook TARGET_ASM_UNIQUE_SECTION
38f8b050
JR
4949
4950@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_RODATA_SECTION
38f8b050 4951
727a65e6
BS
4952@hook TARGET_ASM_MERGEABLE_RODATA_PREFIX
4953
50b0b78a
IS
4954@hook TARGET_ASM_TM_CLONE_TABLE_SECTION
4955
38f8b050 4956@hook TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION
38f8b050
JR
4957
4958@hook TARGET_MANGLE_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME
38f8b050
JR
4959
4960@hook TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO
38f8b050
JR
4961
4962@hook TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING
38f8b050
JR
4963
4964@hook TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P
38f8b050
JR
4965
4966@hook TARGET_HAVE_SRODATA_SECTION
38f8b050 4967
3c5273a9
KT
4968@hook TARGET_PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
4969
38f8b050 4970@hook TARGET_BINDS_LOCAL_P
38f8b050
JR
4971
4972@hook TARGET_HAVE_TLS
38f8b050
JR
4973
4974
4975@node PIC
4976@section Position Independent Code
4977@cindex position independent code
4978@cindex PIC
4979
4980This section describes macros that help implement generation of position
4981independent code. Simply defining these macros is not enough to
4982generate valid PIC; you must also add support to the hook
4983@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} and to the macro
4984@code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}, as well as @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS}. You
4985must modify the definition of @samp{movsi} to do something appropriate
4986when the source operand contains a symbolic address. You may also
4987need to alter the handling of switch statements so that they use
4988relative addresses.
ff2ce160 4989@c i rearranged the order of the macros above to try to force one of
38f8b050
JR
4990@c them to the next line, to eliminate an overfull hbox. --mew 10feb93
4991
4992@defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
4993The register number of the register used to address a table of static
4994data addresses in memory. In some cases this register is defined by a
4995processor's ``application binary interface'' (ABI)@. When this macro
4996is defined, RTL is generated for this register once, as with the stack
4997pointer and frame pointer registers. If this macro is not defined, it
4998is up to the machine-dependent files to allocate such a register (if
4999necessary). Note that this register must be fixed when in use (e.g.@:
5000when @code{flag_pic} is true).
5001@end defmac
5002
5003@defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REG_CALL_CLOBBERED
f8fe0a4a
JM
5004A C expression that is nonzero if the register defined by
5005@code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is clobbered by calls. If not defined,
5006the default is zero. Do not define
38f8b050
JR
5007this macro if @code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is not defined.
5008@end defmac
5009
5010@defmac LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (@var{x})
5011A C expression that is nonzero if @var{x} is a legitimate immediate
5012operand on the target machine when generating position independent code.
5013You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not
5014check this. You can also assume @var{flag_pic} is true, so you need not
5015check it either. You need not define this macro if all constants
5016(including @code{SYMBOL_REF}) can be immediate operands when generating
5017position independent code.
5018@end defmac
5019
5020@node Assembler Format
5021@section Defining the Output Assembler Language
5022
5023This section describes macros whose principal purpose is to describe how
5024to write instructions in assembler language---rather than what the
5025instructions do.
5026
5027@menu
5028* File Framework:: Structural information for the assembler file.
5029* Data Output:: Output of constants (numbers, strings, addresses).
5030* Uninitialized Data:: Output of uninitialized variables.
5031* Label Output:: Output and generation of labels.
5032* Initialization:: General principles of initialization
5033 and termination routines.
5034* Macros for Initialization::
5035 Specific macros that control the handling of
5036 initialization and termination routines.
5037* Instruction Output:: Output of actual instructions.
5038* Dispatch Tables:: Output of jump tables.
5039* Exception Region Output:: Output of exception region code.
5040* Alignment Output:: Pseudo ops for alignment and skipping data.
5041@end menu
5042
5043@node File Framework
5044@subsection The Overall Framework of an Assembler File
5045@cindex assembler format
5046@cindex output of assembler code
5047
5048@c prevent bad page break with this line
5049This describes the overall framework of an assembly file.
5050
5051@findex default_file_start
5052@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START
38f8b050
JR
5053
5054@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_APP_OFF
38f8b050
JR
5055
5056@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_FILE_DIRECTIVE
38f8b050
JR
5057
5058@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
38f8b050
JR
5059
5060@deftypefun void file_end_indicate_exec_stack ()
5061Some systems use a common convention, the @samp{.note.GNU-stack}
5062special section, to indicate whether or not an object file relies on
5063the stack being executable. If your system uses this convention, you
5064should define @code{TARGET_ASM_FILE_END} to this function. If you
5065need to do other things in that hook, have your hook function call
5066this function.
5067@end deftypefun
5068
5069@hook TARGET_ASM_LTO_START
38f8b050
JR
5070
5071@hook TARGET_ASM_LTO_END
38f8b050
JR
5072
5073@hook TARGET_ASM_CODE_END
38f8b050
JR
5074
5075@defmac ASM_COMMENT_START
5076A C string constant describing how to begin a comment in the target
5077assembler language. The compiler assumes that the comment will end at
5078the end of the line.
5079@end defmac
5080
5081@defmac ASM_APP_ON
5082A C string constant for text to be output before each @code{asm}
5083statement or group of consecutive ones. Normally this is
5084@code{"#APP"}, which is a comment that has no effect on most
5085assemblers but tells the GNU assembler that it must check the lines
5086that follow for all valid assembler constructs.
5087@end defmac
5088
5089@defmac ASM_APP_OFF
5090A C string constant for text to be output after each @code{asm}
5091statement or group of consecutive ones. Normally this is
5092@code{"#NO_APP"}, which tells the GNU assembler to resume making the
5093time-saving assumptions that are valid for ordinary compiler output.
5094@end defmac
5095
5096@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5097A C statement to output COFF information or DWARF debugging information
5098which indicates that filename @var{name} is the current source file to
5099the stdio stream @var{stream}.
5100
5101This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
5102for the file format in use is appropriate.
5103@end defmac
5104
b5f5d41d
AS
5105@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
5106
a8781821
SB
5107@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT
5108
38f8b050
JR
5109@defmac OUTPUT_QUOTED_STRING (@var{stream}, @var{string})
5110A C statement to output the string @var{string} to the stdio stream
5111@var{stream}. If you do not call the function @code{output_quoted_string}
5112in your config files, GCC will only call it to output filenames to
5113the assembler source. So you can use it to canonicalize the format
5114of the filename using this macro.
5115@end defmac
5116
38f8b050 5117@hook TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION
38f8b050 5118
0ee70cc0
AV
5119@hook TARGET_ASM_ELF_FLAGS_NUMERIC
5120
f16d3f39 5121@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_SECTION
f16d3f39 5122
14d11d40
IS
5123@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_SWITCHED_TEXT_SECTIONS
5124
38f8b050
JR
5125@hook TARGET_HAVE_NAMED_SECTIONS
5126This flag is true if the target supports @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}.
d5fabb58 5127It must not be modified by command-line option processing.
38f8b050
JR
5128@end deftypevr
5129
5130@anchor{TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS}
5131@hook TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS
38f8b050
JR
5132
5133@hook TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS
38f8b050
JR
5134
5135@hook TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES
38f8b050
JR
5136
5137@hook TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION
38f8b050
JR
5138
5139@need 2000
5140@node Data Output
5141@subsection Output of Data
5142
5143
5144@hook TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP
38f8b050
JR
5145
5146@hook TARGET_ASM_INTEGER
38f8b050 5147
dc2af904
BS
5148@hook TARGET_ASM_DECL_END
5149
6cbd8875 5150@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA
6cbd8875 5151
38f8b050
JR
5152@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (@var{stream}, @var{ptr}, @var{len})
5153A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
5154instruction to assemble a string constant containing the @var{len}
5155bytes at @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} will be a C expression of type
5156@code{char *} and @var{len} a C expression of type @code{int}.
5157
5158If the assembler has a @code{.ascii} pseudo-op as found in the
5159Berkeley Unix assembler, do not define the macro
5160@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII}.
5161@end defmac
5162
5163@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{n})
5164A C statement to output word @var{n} of a function descriptor for
5165@var{decl}. This must be defined if @code{TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS}
5166is defined, and is otherwise unused.
5167@end defmac
5168
5169@defmac CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION
5170You may define this macro as a C expression. You should define the
5171expression to have a nonzero value if GCC should output the constant
5172pool for a function before the code for the function, or a zero value if
5173GCC should output the constant pool after the function. If you do
5174not define this macro, the usual case, GCC will output the constant
5175pool before the function.
5176@end defmac
5177
5178@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (@var{file}, @var{funname}, @var{fundecl}, @var{size})
5179A C statement to output assembler commands to define the start of the
5180constant pool for a function. @var{funname} is a string giving
5181the name of the function. Should the return type of the function
5182be required, it can be obtained via @var{fundecl}. @var{size}
5183is the size, in bytes, of the constant pool that will be written
5184immediately after this call.
5185
5186If no constant-pool prefix is required, the usual case, this macro need
5187not be defined.
5188@end defmac
5189
5190@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (@var{file}, @var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{align}, @var{labelno}, @var{jumpto})
5191A C statement (with or without semicolon) to output a constant in the
5192constant pool, if it needs special treatment. (This macro need not do
5193anything for RTL expressions that can be output normally.)
5194
5195The argument @var{file} is the standard I/O stream to output the
5196assembler code on. @var{x} is the RTL expression for the constant to
5197output, and @var{mode} is the machine mode (in case @var{x} is a
5198@samp{const_int}). @var{align} is the required alignment for the value
5199@var{x}; you should output an assembler directive to force this much
5200alignment.
5201
5202The argument @var{labelno} is a number to use in an internal label for
5203the address of this pool entry. The definition of this macro is
5204responsible for outputting the label definition at the proper place.
5205Here is how to do this:
5206
5207@smallexample
5208@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} (@var{file}, "LC", @var{labelno});
5209@end smallexample
5210
5211When you output a pool entry specially, you should end with a
5212@code{goto} to the label @var{jumpto}. This will prevent the same pool
5213entry from being output a second time in the usual manner.
5214
5215You need not define this macro if it would do nothing.
5216@end defmac
5217
5218@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (@var{file} @var{funname} @var{fundecl} @var{size})
5219A C statement to output assembler commands to at the end of the constant
5220pool for a function. @var{funname} is a string giving the name of the
5221function. Should the return type of the function be required, you can
5222obtain it via @var{fundecl}. @var{size} is the size, in bytes, of the
5223constant pool that GCC wrote immediately before this call.
5224
5225If no constant-pool epilogue is required, the usual case, you need not
5226define this macro.
5227@end defmac
5228
5229@defmac IS_ASM_LOGICAL_LINE_SEPARATOR (@var{C}, @var{STR})
5230Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if @var{C} is
5231used as a logical line separator by the assembler. @var{STR} points
5232to the position in the string where @var{C} was found; this can be used if
5233a line separator uses multiple characters.
5234
5235If you do not define this macro, the default is that only
5236the character @samp{;} is treated as a logical line separator.
5237@end defmac
5238
5239@hook TARGET_ASM_OPEN_PAREN
38f8b050
JR
5240
5241These macros are provided by @file{real.h} for writing the definitions
5242of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DOUBLE} and the like:
5243
5244@defmac REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5245@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5246@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5247@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL32 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5248@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL64 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5249@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL128 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5250These translate @var{x}, of type @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}, to the
5251target's floating point representation, and store its bit pattern in
5252the variable @var{l}. For @code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE} and
5253@code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL32}, this variable should be a
5254simple @code{long int}. For the others, it should be an array of
5255@code{long int}. The number of elements in this array is determined
5256by the size of the desired target floating point data type: 32 bits of
5257it go in each @code{long int} array element. Each array element holds
525832 bits of the result, even if @code{long int} is wider than 32 bits
5259on the host machine.
5260
5261The array element values are designed so that you can print them out
5262using @code{fprintf} in the order they should appear in the target
5263machine's memory.
5264@end defmac
5265
5266@node Uninitialized Data
5267@subsection Output of Uninitialized Variables
5268
5269Each of the macros in this section is used to do the whole job of
5270outputting a single uninitialized variable.
5271
5272@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
5273A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5274@var{stream} the assembler definition of a common-label named
5275@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{rounded}
5276is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants. It is
5277possible that @var{size} may be zero, for instance if a struct with no
5278other member than a zero-length array is defined. In this case, the
5279backend must output a symbol definition that allocates at least one
5280byte, both so that the address of the resulting object does not compare
5281equal to any other, and because some object formats cannot even express
5282the concept of a zero-sized common symbol, as that is how they represent
5283an ordinary undefined external.
5284
5285Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5286output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5287assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
5288
5289This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
5290common global variables are output.
5291@end defmac
5292
5293@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5294Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} except takes the required alignment as a
5295separate, explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in
5296place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON}, and gives you more flexibility in
5297handling the required alignment of the variable. The alignment is specified
5298as the number of bits.
5299@end defmac
5300
5301@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5302Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON} except that @var{decl} of the
5303variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there
5304is no corresponding variable. If you define this macro, GCC will use it
5305in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} and
5306@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON}. Define this macro when you need to see
5307the variable's decl in order to chose what to output.
5308@end defmac
5309
07c5f94e 5310@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
38f8b050
JR
5311A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5312@var{stream} the assembler definition of uninitialized global @var{decl} named
07c5f94e
AS
5313@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{alignment}
5314is the alignment specified as the number of bits.
38f8b050 5315
07c5f94e
AS
5316Try to use function @code{asm_output_aligned_bss} defined in file
5317@file{varasm.c} when defining this macro. If unable, use the expression
38f8b050
JR
5318@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name itself;
5319before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax for defining
5320the name, and a newline.
5321
07c5f94e 5322There are two ways of handling global BSS@. One is to define this macro.
38f8b050
JR
5323The other is to have @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION} return a
5324switchable BSS section (@pxref{TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS}).
5325You do not need to do both.
5326
5327Some languages do not have @code{common} data, and require a
5328non-common form of global BSS in order to handle uninitialized globals
5329efficiently. C++ is one example of this. However, if the target does
5330not support global BSS, the front end may choose to make globals
5331common in order to save space in the object file.
5332@end defmac
5333
38f8b050
JR
5334@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
5335A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5336@var{stream} the assembler definition of a local-common-label named
5337@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{rounded}
5338is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants.
5339
5340Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5341output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5342assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
5343
5344This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
5345static variables are output.
5346@end defmac
5347
5348@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5349Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL} except takes the required alignment as a
5350separate, explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in
5351place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL}, and gives you more flexibility in
5352handling the required alignment of the variable. The alignment is specified
5353as the number of bits.
5354@end defmac
5355
5356@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
b73f6902 5357Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL} except that @var{decl} of the
38f8b050
JR
5358variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there
5359is no corresponding variable. If you define this macro, GCC will use it
b73f6902
JJ
5360in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL} and
5361@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL}. Define this macro when you need to see
38f8b050
JR
5362the variable's decl in order to chose what to output.
5363@end defmac
5364
5365@node Label Output
5366@subsection Output and Generation of Labels
5367
5368@c prevent bad page break with this line
5369This is about outputting labels.
5370
5371@findex assemble_name
5372@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5373A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5374@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name}.
5375Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5376output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5377assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline. A default
5378definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems.
5379@end defmac
5380
135a687e
KT
5381@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5382A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5383@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name} of
5384a function.
5385Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5386output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5387assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline. A default
5388definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems.
5389
5390If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the
5391usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5392@end defmac
5393
38f8b050
JR
5394@findex assemble_name_raw
5395@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5396Identical to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}, except that @var{name} is known
5397to refer to a compiler-generated label. The default definition uses
5398@code{assemble_name_raw}, which is like @code{assemble_name} except
5399that it is more efficient.
5400@end defmac
5401
5402@defmac SIZE_ASM_OP
5403A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the
5404size of a symbol, without any arguments. On systems that use ELF, the
5405default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.size\t"}; on other
5406systems, the default is not to define this macro.
5407
5408Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definitions
5409of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE}
5410for your system. If you need your own custom definitions of those
5411macros, or if you do not need explicit symbol sizes at all, do not
5412define this macro.
5413@end defmac
5414
5415@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size})
5416A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5417@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the size of the
5418symbol @var{name} is @var{size}. @var{size} is a @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}.
5419If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is
5420provided.
5421@end defmac
5422
5423@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5424A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5425@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler to calculate the size of
5426the symbol @var{name} by subtracting its address from the current
5427address.
5428
5429If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is
5430provided. The default assumes that the assembler recognizes a special
5431@samp{.} symbol as referring to the current address, and can calculate
5432the difference between this and another symbol. If your assembler does
5433not recognize @samp{.} or cannot do calculations with it, you will need
5434to redefine @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} to use some other technique.
5435@end defmac
5436
e537ef59
GP
5437@defmac NO_DOLLAR_IN_LABEL
5438Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character
5439@samp{$} in label names. By default constructors and destructors in
5440G++ have @samp{$} in the identifiers. If this macro is defined,
5441@samp{.} is used instead.
5442@end defmac
5443
5444@defmac NO_DOT_IN_LABEL
5445Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character
5446@samp{.} in label names. By default constructors and destructors in G++
5447have names that use @samp{.}. If this macro is defined, these names
5448are rewritten to avoid @samp{.}.
5449@end defmac
5450
38f8b050
JR
5451@defmac TYPE_ASM_OP
5452A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the
5453type of a symbol, without any arguments. On systems that use ELF, the
5454default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.type\t"}; on other
5455systems, the default is not to define this macro.
5456
5457Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of
5458@code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system. If you need your own
5459custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol
5460types at all, do not define this macro.
5461@end defmac
5462
5463@defmac TYPE_OPERAND_FMT
5464A C string which specifies (using @code{printf} syntax) the format of
5465the second operand to @code{TYPE_ASM_OP}. On systems that use ELF, the
5466default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"@@%s"}; on other systems,
5467the default is not to define this macro.
5468
5469Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of
5470@code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system. If you need your own
5471custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol
5472types at all, do not define this macro.
5473@end defmac
5474
5475@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{type})
5476A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5477@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the type of the
5478symbol @var{name} is @var{type}. @var{type} is a C string; currently,
5479that string is always either @samp{"function"} or @samp{"object"}, but
5480you should not count on this.
5481
5482If you define @code{TYPE_ASM_OP} and @code{TYPE_OPERAND_FMT}, a default
5483definition of this macro is provided.
5484@end defmac
5485
5486@defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5487A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5488@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a
5489function which is being defined. This macro is responsible for
5490outputting the label definition (perhaps using
135a687e 5491@code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}). The argument @var{decl} is the
38f8b050
JR
5492@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5493
5494If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the
135a687e 5495usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}).
38f8b050
JR
5496
5497You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition
5498of this macro.
5499@end defmac
5500
5501@defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5502A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5503@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the size of a function
5504which is being defined. The argument @var{name} is the name of the
5505function. The argument @var{decl} is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node
5506representing the function.
5507
5508If this macro is not defined, then the function size is not defined.
5509
5510You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition
5511of this macro.
5512@end defmac
5513
11c3d071
CT
5514@defmac ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5515A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5516@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a
5517cold function partition which is being defined. This macro is responsible
5518for outputting the label definition (perhaps using
5519@code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}). The argument @var{decl} is the
5520@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5521
5522If this macro is not defined, then the cold partition name is defined in the
5523usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5524
5525You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition
5526of this macro.
5527@end defmac
5528
5529@defmac ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5530A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5531@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the size of a cold function
5532partition which is being defined. The argument @var{name} is the name of the
5533cold partition of the function. The argument @var{decl} is the
5534@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5535
5536If this macro is not defined, then the partition size is not defined.
5537
5538You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition
5539of this macro.
5540@end defmac
5541
38f8b050
JR
5542@defmac ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5543A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5544@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of an
5545initialized variable which is being defined. This macro must output the
5546label definition (perhaps using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}). The argument
5547@var{decl} is the @code{VAR_DECL} tree node representing the variable.
5548
5549If this macro is not defined, then the variable name is defined in the
5550usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5551
5552You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} and/or
5553@code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition of this macro.
5554@end defmac
5555
ad78130c 5556@hook TARGET_ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME
38f8b050
JR
5557
5558@defmac ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{regno}, @var{name})
5559A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5560@var{stream} any text necessary for claiming a register @var{regno}
5561for a global variable @var{decl} with name @var{name}.
5562
5563If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do
5564nothing.
5565@end defmac
5566
5567@defmac ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{toplevel}, @var{atend})
5568A C statement (sans semicolon) to finish up declaring a variable name
5569once the compiler has processed its initializer fully and thus has had a
5570chance to determine the size of an array when controlled by an
5571initializer. This is used on systems where it's necessary to declare
5572something about the size of the object.
5573
5574If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do
5575nothing.
5576
5577You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and/or
5578@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition of this macro.
5579@end defmac
5580
5581@hook TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL
38f8b050
JR
5582
5583@hook TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_DECL_NAME
38f8b050 5584
0d4b5b86
BS
5585@hook TARGET_ASM_ASSEMBLE_UNDEFINED_DECL
5586
38f8b050
JR
5587@defmac ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5588A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5589@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} weak;
5590that is, available for reference from other files but only used if
5591no other definition is available. Use the expression
5592@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name
5593itself; before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax
5594for making that name weak, and a newline.
5595
5596If you don't define this macro or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL}, GCC will not
5597support weak symbols and you should not define the @code{SUPPORTS_WEAK}
5598macro.
5599@end defmac
5600
5601@defmac ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5602Combines (and replaces) the function of @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} and
5603@code{ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS}, allowing access to the associated function
5604or variable decl. If @var{value} is not @code{NULL}, this C statement
5605should output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code which
5606defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value
5607@var{value}. If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it should output commands
5608to make @var{name} weak.
5609@end defmac
5610
5611@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5612Outputs a directive that enables @var{name} to be used to refer to
5613symbol @var{value} with weak-symbol semantics. @code{decl} is the
5614declaration of @code{name}.
5615@end defmac
5616
5617@defmac SUPPORTS_WEAK
74b90fe2
JDA
5618A preprocessor constant expression which evaluates to true if the target
5619supports weak symbols.
38f8b050
JR
5620
5621If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default
5622definition. If either @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL}
74b90fe2
JDA
5623is defined, the default definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}.
5624@end defmac
5625
5626@defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK
5627A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports weak symbols.
5628
5629If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default
5630definition. The default definition is @samp{(SUPPORTS_WEAK)}. Define
5631this macro if you want to control weak symbol support with a compiler
5632flag such as @option{-melf}.
38f8b050
JR
5633@end defmac
5634
5635@defmac MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (@var{decl})
5636A C statement (sans semicolon) to mark @var{decl} to be emitted as a
5637public symbol such that extra copies in multiple translation units will
5638be discarded by the linker. Define this macro if your object file
5639format provides support for this concept, such as the @samp{COMDAT}
5640section flags in the Microsoft Windows PE/COFF format, and this support
5641requires changes to @var{decl}, such as putting it in a separate section.
5642@end defmac
5643
5644@defmac SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY
5645A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports one-only
5646semantics.
5647
5648If you don't define this macro, @file{varasm.c} provides a default
5649definition. If @code{MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY} is defined, the default
5650definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}. Define this macro if
5651you want to control one-only symbol support with a compiler flag, or if
5652setting the @code{DECL_ONE_ONLY} flag is enough to mark a declaration to
5653be emitted as one-only.
5654@end defmac
5655
5656@hook TARGET_ASM_ASSEMBLE_VISIBILITY
38f8b050
JR
5657
5658@defmac TARGET_WEAK_NOT_IN_ARCHIVE_TOC
5659A C expression that evaluates to true if the target's linker expects
5660that weak symbols do not appear in a static archive's table of contents.
5661The default is @code{0}.
5662
5663Leaving weak symbols out of an archive's table of contents means that,
5664if a symbol will only have a definition in one translation unit and
5665will have undefined references from other translation units, that
5666symbol should not be weak. Defining this macro to be nonzero will
5667thus have the effect that certain symbols that would normally be weak
5668(explicit template instantiations, and vtables for polymorphic classes
5669with noninline key methods) will instead be nonweak.
5670
5671The C++ ABI requires this macro to be zero. Define this macro for
5672targets where full C++ ABI compliance is impossible and where linker
5673restrictions require weak symbols to be left out of a static archive's
5674table of contents.
5675@end defmac
5676
5677@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name})
5678A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5679@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name of an external
5680symbol named @var{name} which is referenced in this compilation but
5681not defined. The value of @var{decl} is the tree node for the
5682declaration.
5683
5684This macro need not be defined if it does not need to output anything.
5685The GNU assembler and most Unix assemblers don't require anything.
5686@end defmac
5687
5688@hook TARGET_ASM_EXTERNAL_LIBCALL
38f8b050
JR
5689
5690@hook TARGET_ASM_MARK_DECL_PRESERVED
38f8b050
JR
5691
5692@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5693A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5694@var{stream} a reference in assembler syntax to a label named
5695@var{name}. This should add @samp{_} to the front of the name, if that
5696is customary on your operating system, as it is in most Berkeley Unix
5697systems. This macro is used in @code{assemble_name}.
5698@end defmac
5699
77754180
DK
5700@hook TARGET_MANGLE_ASSEMBLER_NAME
5701
38f8b050
JR
5702@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SYMBOL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{sym})
5703A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to
5704@code{SYMBOL_REF} @var{sym}. If not defined, @code{assemble_name}
5705will be used to output the name of the symbol. This macro may be used
5706to modify the way a symbol is referenced depending on information
5707encoded by @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}.
5708@end defmac
5709
5710@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{buf})
5711A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to @var{buf}, the
5712result of @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}. If not defined,
5713@code{assemble_name} will be used to output the name of the symbol.
5714This macro is not used by @code{output_asm_label}, or the @code{%l}
5715specifier that calls it; the intention is that this macro should be set
5716when it is necessary to output a label differently when its address is
5717being taken.
5718@end defmac
5719
5720@hook TARGET_ASM_INTERNAL_LABEL
38f8b050
JR
5721
5722@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num})
5723A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a debug info
5724label whose name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number
5725@var{num}. This is useful for VLIW targets, where debug info labels
5726may need to be treated differently than branch target labels. On some
5727systems, branch target labels must be at the beginning of instruction
5728bundles, but debug info labels can occur in the middle of instruction
5729bundles.
5730
5731If this macro is not defined, then @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} will be
5732used.
5733@end defmac
5734
5735@defmac ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{string}, @var{prefix}, @var{num})
5736A C statement to store into the string @var{string} a label whose name
5737is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{num}.
5738
5739This string, when output subsequently by @code{assemble_name}, should
5740produce the output that @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} would produce
5741with the same @var{prefix} and @var{num}.
5742
5743If the string begins with @samp{*}, then @code{assemble_name} will
5744output the rest of the string unchanged. It is often convenient for
5745@code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL} to use @samp{*} in this way. If the
5746string doesn't start with @samp{*}, then @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} gets
5747to output the string, and may change it. (Of course,
5748@code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} is also part of your machine description, so
5749you should know what it does on your machine.)
5750@end defmac
5751
5752@defmac ASM_FORMAT_PRIVATE_NAME (@var{outvar}, @var{name}, @var{number})
5753A C expression to assign to @var{outvar} (which is a variable of type
5754@code{char *}) a newly allocated string made from the string
5755@var{name} and the number @var{number}, with some suitable punctuation
5756added. Use @code{alloca} to get space for the string.
5757
5758The string will be used as an argument to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} to
5759produce an assembler label for an internal static variable whose name is
5760@var{name}. Therefore, the string must be such as to result in valid
5761assembler code. The argument @var{number} is different each time this
5762macro is executed; it prevents conflicts between similarly-named
5763internal static variables in different scopes.
5764
5765Ideally this string should not be a valid C identifier, to prevent any
5766conflict with the user's own symbols. Most assemblers allow periods
5767or percent signs in assembler symbols; putting at least one of these
5768between the name and the number will suffice.
5769
5770If this macro is not defined, a default definition will be provided
5771which is correct for most systems.
5772@end defmac
5773
5774@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5775A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5776which defines (equates) the symbol @var{name} to have the value @var{value}.
5777
5778@findex SET_ASM_OP
5779If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is
5780correct for most systems.
5781@end defmac
5782
5783@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (@var{stream}, @var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value})
5784A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5785which defines (equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name}
5786to have the value of the tree node @var{decl_of_value}. This macro will
5787be used in preference to @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} if it is defined and if
5788the tree nodes are available.
5789
5790@findex SET_ASM_OP
5791If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is
5792correct for most systems.
5793@end defmac
5794
5795@defmac TARGET_DEFERRED_OUTPUT_DEFS (@var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value})
5796A C statement that evaluates to true if the assembler code which defines
5797(equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name} to have the value
5798of the tree node @var{decl_of_value} should be emitted near the end of the
5799current compilation unit. The default is to not defer output of defines.
5800This macro affects defines output by @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} and
5801@samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS}.
5802@end defmac
5803
5804@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5805A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5806which defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value
5807@var{value}. If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it defines @var{name} as
5808an undefined weak symbol.
5809
5810Define this macro if the target only supports weak aliases; define
5811@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} instead if possible.
5812@end defmac
5813
5814@defmac OBJC_GEN_METHOD_LABEL (@var{buf}, @var{is_inst}, @var{class_name}, @var{cat_name}, @var{sel_name})
5815Define this macro to override the default assembler names used for
5816Objective-C methods.
5817
5818The default name is a unique method number followed by the name of the
5819class (e.g.@: @samp{_1_Foo}). For methods in categories, the name of
5820the category is also included in the assembler name (e.g.@:
5821@samp{_1_Foo_Bar}).
5822
5823These names are safe on most systems, but make debugging difficult since
5824the method's selector is not present in the name. Therefore, particular
5825systems define other ways of computing names.
5826
5827@var{buf} is an expression of type @code{char *} which gives you a
5828buffer in which to store the name; its length is as long as
5829@var{class_name}, @var{cat_name} and @var{sel_name} put together, plus
583050 characters extra.
5831
5832The argument @var{is_inst} specifies whether the method is an instance
5833method or a class method; @var{class_name} is the name of the class;
5834@var{cat_name} is the name of the category (or @code{NULL} if the method is not
5835in a category); and @var{sel_name} is the name of the selector.
5836
5837On systems where the assembler can handle quoted names, you can use this
5838macro to provide more human-readable names.
5839@end defmac
5840
38f8b050
JR
5841@node Initialization
5842@subsection How Initialization Functions Are Handled
5843@cindex initialization routines
5844@cindex termination routines
5845@cindex constructors, output of
5846@cindex destructors, output of
5847
5848The compiled code for certain languages includes @dfn{constructors}
5849(also called @dfn{initialization routines})---functions to initialize
5850data in the program when the program is started. These functions need
5851to be called before the program is ``started''---that is to say, before
5852@code{main} is called.
5853
5854Compiling some languages generates @dfn{destructors} (also called
5855@dfn{termination routines}) that should be called when the program
5856terminates.
5857
5858To make the initialization and termination functions work, the compiler
5859must output something in the assembler code to cause those functions to
5860be called at the appropriate time. When you port the compiler to a new
5861system, you need to specify how to do this.
5862
5863There are two major ways that GCC currently supports the execution of
5864initialization and termination functions. Each way has two variants.
5865Much of the structure is common to all four variations.
5866
5867@findex __CTOR_LIST__
5868@findex __DTOR_LIST__
5869The linker must build two lists of these functions---a list of
5870initialization functions, called @code{__CTOR_LIST__}, and a list of
5871termination functions, called @code{__DTOR_LIST__}.
5872
5873Each list always begins with an ignored function pointer (which may hold
58740, @minus{}1, or a count of the function pointers after it, depending on
5875the environment). This is followed by a series of zero or more function
5876pointers to constructors (or destructors), followed by a function
5877pointer containing zero.
5878
5879Depending on the operating system and its executable file format, either
5880@file{crtstuff.c} or @file{libgcc2.c} traverses these lists at startup
5881time and exit time. Constructors are called in reverse order of the
5882list; destructors in forward order.
5883
5884The best way to handle static constructors works only for object file
5885formats which provide arbitrarily-named sections. A section is set
5886aside for a list of constructors, and another for a list of destructors.
5887Traditionally these are called @samp{.ctors} and @samp{.dtors}. Each
5888object file that defines an initialization function also puts a word in
5889the constructor section to point to that function. The linker
5890accumulates all these words into one contiguous @samp{.ctors} section.
5891Termination functions are handled similarly.
5892
5893This method will be chosen as the default by @file{target-def.h} if
5894@code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION} is defined. A target that does not
5895support arbitrary sections, but does support special designated
5896constructor and destructor sections may define @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}
5897and @code{DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP} to achieve the same effect.
5898
5899When arbitrary sections are available, there are two variants, depending
5900upon how the code in @file{crtstuff.c} is called. On systems that
5901support a @dfn{.init} section which is executed at program startup,
5902parts of @file{crtstuff.c} are compiled into that section. The
5903program is linked by the @command{gcc} driver like this:
5904
5905@smallexample
5906ld -o @var{output_file} crti.o crtbegin.o @dots{} -lgcc crtend.o crtn.o
5907@end smallexample
5908
5909The prologue of a function (@code{__init}) appears in the @code{.init}
5910section of @file{crti.o}; the epilogue appears in @file{crtn.o}. Likewise
5911for the function @code{__fini} in the @dfn{.fini} section. Normally these
5912files are provided by the operating system or by the GNU C library, but
5913are provided by GCC for a few targets.
5914
5915The objects @file{crtbegin.o} and @file{crtend.o} are (for most targets)
5916compiled from @file{crtstuff.c}. They contain, among other things, code
5917fragments within the @code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections that branch
5918to routines in the @code{.text} section. The linker will pull all parts
5919of a section together, which results in a complete @code{__init} function
5920that invokes the routines we need at startup.
5921
5922To use this variant, you must define the @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}
5923macro properly.
5924
5925If no init section is available, when GCC compiles any function called
5926@code{main} (or more accurately, any function designated as a program
5927entry point by the language front end calling @code{expand_main_function}),
5928it inserts a procedure call to @code{__main} as the first executable code
5929after the function prologue. The @code{__main} function is defined
5930in @file{libgcc2.c} and runs the global constructors.
5931
5932In file formats that don't support arbitrary sections, there are again
5933two variants. In the simplest variant, the GNU linker (GNU @code{ld})
5934and an `a.out' format must be used. In this case,
5935@code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} is defined to produce a @code{.stabs}
5936entry of type @samp{N_SETT}, referencing the name @code{__CTOR_LIST__},
5937and with the address of the void function containing the initialization
5938code as its value. The GNU linker recognizes this as a request to add
5939the value to a @dfn{set}; the values are accumulated, and are eventually
5940placed in the executable as a vector in the format described above, with
5941a leading (ignored) count and a trailing zero element.
5942@code{TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR} is handled similarly. Since no init
5943section is available, the absence of @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} causes
5944the compilation of @code{main} to call @code{__main} as above, starting
5945the initialization process.
5946
5947The last variant uses neither arbitrary sections nor the GNU linker.
5948This is preferable when you want to do dynamic linking and when using
5949file formats which the GNU linker does not support, such as `ECOFF'@. In
5950this case, @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is false, initialization and
5951termination functions are recognized simply by their names. This requires
5952an extra program in the linkage step, called @command{collect2}. This program
5953pretends to be the linker, for use with GCC; it does its job by running
5954the ordinary linker, but also arranges to include the vectors of
5955initialization and termination functions. These functions are called
5956via @code{__main} as described above. In order to use this method,
5957@code{use_collect2} must be defined in the target in @file{config.gcc}.
5958
5959@ifinfo
5960The following section describes the specific macros that control and
5961customize the handling of initialization and termination functions.
5962@end ifinfo
5963
5964@node Macros for Initialization
5965@subsection Macros Controlling Initialization Routines
5966
5967Here are the macros that control how the compiler handles initialization
5968and termination functions:
5969
5970@defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
5971If defined, a C string constant, including spacing, for the assembler
5972operation to identify the following data as initialization code. If not
5973defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist. When you are
5974using special sections for initialization and termination functions, this
5975macro also controls how @file{crtstuff.c} and @file{libgcc2.c} arrange to
5976run the initialization functions.
5977@end defmac
5978
5979@defmac HAS_INIT_SECTION
5980If defined, @code{main} will not call @code{__main} as described above.
5981This macro should be defined for systems that control start-up code
5982on a symbol-by-symbol basis, such as OSF/1, and should not
5983be defined explicitly for systems that support @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
5984@end defmac
5985
5986@defmac LD_INIT_SWITCH
5987If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that
5988the following symbol is an initialization routine.
5989@end defmac
5990
5991@defmac LD_FINI_SWITCH
5992If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that
5993the following symbol is a finalization routine.
5994@end defmac
5995
5996@defmac COLLECT_SHARED_INIT_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func})
5997If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be
5998automatically called when a shared library is loaded. The function
5999should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments. If not defined, and
6000the object format requires an explicit initialization function, then a
6001function called @code{_GLOBAL__DI} will be generated.
6002
6003This function and the following one are used by collect2 when linking a
6004shared library that needs constructors or destructors, or has DWARF2
6005exception tables embedded in the code.
6006@end defmac
6007
6008@defmac COLLECT_SHARED_FINI_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func})
6009If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be
6010automatically called when a shared library is unloaded. The function
6011should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments. If not defined, and
6012the object format requires an explicit finalization function, then a
6013function called @code{_GLOBAL__DD} will be generated.
6014@end defmac
6015
6016@defmac INVOKE__main
6017If defined, @code{main} will call @code{__main} despite the presence of
6018@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}. This macro should be defined for systems
6019where the init section is not actually run automatically, but is still
6020useful for collecting the lists of constructors and destructors.
6021@end defmac
6022
6023@defmac SUPPORTS_INIT_PRIORITY
6024If nonzero, the C++ @code{init_priority} attribute is supported and the
6025compiler should emit instructions to control the order of initialization
6026of objects. If zero, the compiler will issue an error message upon
6027encountering an @code{init_priority} attribute.
6028@end defmac
6029
6030@hook TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS
38f8b050
JR
6031
6032@hook TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR
38f8b050
JR
6033
6034@hook TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR
38f8b050
JR
6035
6036If @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is true, the initialization routine
6037generated for the generated object file will have static linkage.
6038
6039If your system uses @command{collect2} as the means of processing
6040constructors, then that program normally uses @command{nm} to scan
6041an object file for constructor functions to be called.
6042
6043On certain kinds of systems, you can define this macro to make
6044@command{collect2} work faster (and, in some cases, make it work at all):
6045
6046@defmac OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF
6047Define this macro if the system uses COFF (Common Object File Format)
6048object files, so that @command{collect2} can assume this format and scan
6049object files directly for dynamic constructor/destructor functions.
6050
6051This macro is effective only in a native compiler; @command{collect2} as
6052part of a cross compiler always uses @command{nm} for the target machine.
6053@end defmac
6054
6055@defmac REAL_NM_FILE_NAME
6056Define this macro as a C string constant containing the file name to use
6057to execute @command{nm}. The default is to search the path normally for
6058@command{nm}.
3e794bfe
RO
6059@end defmac
6060
6061@defmac NM_FLAGS
6062@command{collect2} calls @command{nm} to scan object files for static
6063constructors and destructors and LTO info. By default, @option{-n} is
6064passed. Define @code{NM_FLAGS} to a C string constant if other options
2b0d3573 6065are needed to get the same output format as GNU @command{nm -n}
3e794bfe
RO
6066produces.
6067@end defmac
38f8b050
JR
6068
6069If your system supports shared libraries and has a program to list the
6070dynamic dependencies of a given library or executable, you can define
6071these macros to enable support for running initialization and
6072termination functions in shared libraries:
38f8b050
JR
6073
6074@defmac LDD_SUFFIX
6075Define this macro to a C string constant containing the name of the program
3e794bfe 6076which lists dynamic dependencies, like @command{ldd} under SunOS 4.
38f8b050
JR
6077@end defmac
6078
6079@defmac PARSE_LDD_OUTPUT (@var{ptr})
6080Define this macro to be C code that extracts filenames from the output
6081of the program denoted by @code{LDD_SUFFIX}. @var{ptr} is a variable
6082of type @code{char *} that points to the beginning of a line of output
6083from @code{LDD_SUFFIX}. If the line lists a dynamic dependency, the
6084code must advance @var{ptr} to the beginning of the filename on that
6085line. Otherwise, it must set @var{ptr} to @code{NULL}.
6086@end defmac
6087
6088@defmac SHLIB_SUFFIX
6089Define this macro to a C string constant containing the default shared
6090library extension of the target (e.g., @samp{".so"}). @command{collect2}
6091strips version information after this suffix when generating global
6092constructor and destructor names. This define is only needed on targets
6093that use @command{collect2} to process constructors and destructors.
6094@end defmac
6095
6096@node Instruction Output
6097@subsection Output of Assembler Instructions
6098
6099@c prevent bad page break with this line
6100This describes assembler instruction output.
6101
6102@defmac REGISTER_NAMES
6103A C initializer containing the assembler's names for the machine
6104registers, each one as a C string constant. This is what translates
6105register numbers in the compiler into assembler language.
6106@end defmac
6107
6108@defmac ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
6109If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a name
6110and a register number. This macro defines additional names for hard
6111registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in declarations to refer
6112to registers using alternate names.
6113@end defmac
6114
0c6d290e
RE
6115@defmac OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES
6116If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a
6117name, a register number and a count of the number of consecutive
6118machine registers the name overlaps. This macro defines additional
6119names for hard registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in
6120declarations to refer to registers using alternate names. Unlike
6121@code{ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES}, this macro should be used when the
6122register name implies multiple underlying registers.
6123
6124This macro should be used when it is important that a clobber in an
6125@code{asm} statement clobbers all the underlying values implied by the
6126register name. For example, on ARM, clobbering the double-precision
6127VFP register ``d0'' implies clobbering both single-precision registers
6128``s0'' and ``s1''.
6129@end defmac
6130
38f8b050
JR
6131@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE (@var{stream}, @var{ptr})
6132Define this macro if you are using an unusual assembler that
6133requires different names for the machine instructions.
6134
6135The definition is a C statement or statements which output an
6136assembler instruction opcode to the stdio stream @var{stream}. The
6137macro-operand @var{ptr} is a variable of type @code{char *} which
6138points to the opcode name in its ``internal'' form---the form that is
6139written in the machine description. The definition should output the
6140opcode name to @var{stream}, performing any translation you desire, and
6141increment the variable @var{ptr} to point at the end of the opcode
6142so that it will not be output twice.
6143
6144In fact, your macro definition may process less than the entire opcode
6145name, or more than the opcode name; but if you want to process text
6146that includes @samp{%}-sequences to substitute operands, you must take
6147care of the substitution yourself. Just be sure to increment
6148@var{ptr} over whatever text should not be output normally.
6149
6150@findex recog_data.operand
6151If you need to look at the operand values, they can be found as the
6152elements of @code{recog_data.operand}.
6153
6154If the macro definition does nothing, the instruction is output
6155in the usual way.
6156@end defmac
6157
6158@defmac FINAL_PRESCAN_INSN (@var{insn}, @var{opvec}, @var{noperands})
6159If defined, a C statement to be executed just prior to the output of
6160assembler code for @var{insn}, to modify the extracted operands so
6161they will be output differently.
6162
6163Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands
6164extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of
6165elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.
6166The contents of this vector are what will be used to convert the insn
6167template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler output
6168by changing the contents of the vector.
6169
6170This macro is useful when various assembler syntaxes share a single
6171file of instruction patterns; by defining this macro differently, you
6172can cause a large class of instructions to be output differently (such
6173as with rearranged operands). Naturally, variations in assembler
6174syntax affecting individual insn patterns ought to be handled by
6175writing conditional output routines in those patterns.
6176
6177If this macro is not defined, it is equivalent to a null statement.
6178@end defmac
6179
6180@hook TARGET_ASM_FINAL_POSTSCAN_INSN
38f8b050
JR
6181
6182@defmac PRINT_OPERAND (@var{stream}, @var{x}, @var{code})
6183A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the
6184assembler syntax for an instruction operand @var{x}. @var{x} is an
6185RTL expression.
6186
6187@var{code} is a value that can be used to specify one of several ways
6188of printing the operand. It is used when identical operands must be
6189printed differently depending on the context. @var{code} comes from
6190the @samp{%} specification that was used to request printing of the
6191operand. If the specification was just @samp{%@var{digit}} then
6192@var{code} is 0; if the specification was @samp{%@var{ltr}
6193@var{digit}} then @var{code} is the ASCII code for @var{ltr}.
6194
6195@findex reg_names
6196If @var{x} is a register, this macro should print the register's name.
6197The names can be found in an array @code{reg_names} whose type is
6198@code{char *[]}. @code{reg_names} is initialized from
6199@code{REGISTER_NAMES}.
6200
6201When the machine description has a specification @samp{%@var{punct}}
6202(a @samp{%} followed by a punctuation character), this macro is called
6203with a null pointer for @var{x} and the punctuation character for
6204@var{code}.
6205@end defmac
6206
6207@defmac PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P (@var{code})
6208A C expression which evaluates to true if @var{code} is a valid
6209punctuation character for use in the @code{PRINT_OPERAND} macro. If
6210@code{PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P} is not defined, it means that no
6211punctuation characters (except for the standard one, @samp{%}) are used
6212in this way.
6213@end defmac
6214
6215@defmac PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS (@var{stream}, @var{x})
6216A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the
6217assembler syntax for an instruction operand that is a memory reference
6218whose address is @var{x}. @var{x} is an RTL expression.
6219
6220@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} usage
6221On some machines, the syntax for a symbolic address depends on the
6222section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the hook
6223@code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information into the
6224@code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. @xref{Assembler
6225Format}.
6226@end defmac
6227
6228@findex dbr_sequence_length
6229@defmac DBR_OUTPUT_SEQEND (@var{file})
6230A C statement, to be executed after all slot-filler instructions have
6231been output. If necessary, call @code{dbr_sequence_length} to
6232determine the number of slots filled in a sequence (zero if not
6233currently outputting a sequence), to decide how many no-ops to output,
6234or whatever.
6235
6236Don't define this macro if it has nothing to do, but it is helpful in
6237reading assembly output if the extent of the delay sequence is made
6238explicit (e.g.@: with white space).
6239@end defmac
6240
6241@findex final_sequence
6242Note that output routines for instructions with delay slots must be
6243prepared to deal with not being output as part of a sequence
6244(i.e.@: when the scheduling pass is not run, or when no slot fillers could be
6245found.) The variable @code{final_sequence} is null when not
6246processing a sequence, otherwise it contains the @code{sequence} rtx
6247being output.
6248
6249@findex asm_fprintf
6250@defmac REGISTER_PREFIX
6251@defmacx LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX
6252@defmacx USER_LABEL_PREFIX
6253@defmacx IMMEDIATE_PREFIX
6254If defined, C string expressions to be used for the @samp{%R}, @samp{%L},
6255@samp{%U}, and @samp{%I} options of @code{asm_fprintf} (see
6256@file{final.c}). These are useful when a single @file{md} file must
6257support multiple assembler formats. In that case, the various @file{tm.h}
6258files can define these macros differently.
6259@end defmac
6260
6261@defmac ASM_FPRINTF_EXTENSIONS (@var{file}, @var{argptr}, @var{format})
6262If defined this macro should expand to a series of @code{case}
6263statements which will be parsed inside the @code{switch} statement of
6264the @code{asm_fprintf} function. This allows targets to define extra
6265printf formats which may useful when generating their assembler
6266statements. Note that uppercase letters are reserved for future
6267generic extensions to asm_fprintf, and so are not available to target
6268specific code. The output file is given by the parameter @var{file}.
6269The varargs input pointer is @var{argptr} and the rest of the format
6270string, starting the character after the one that is being switched
6271upon, is pointed to by @var{format}.
6272@end defmac
6273
6274@defmac ASSEMBLER_DIALECT
6275If your target supports multiple dialects of assembler language (such as
6276different opcodes), define this macro as a C expression that gives the
6277numeric index of the assembler language dialect to use, with zero as the
6278first variant.
6279
6280If this macro is defined, you may use constructs of the form
6281@smallexample
6282@samp{@{option0|option1|option2@dots{}@}}
6283@end smallexample
6284@noindent
6285in the output templates of patterns (@pxref{Output Template}) or in the
6286first argument of @code{asm_fprintf}. This construct outputs
6287@samp{option0}, @samp{option1}, @samp{option2}, etc., if the value of
6288@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} is zero, one, two, etc. Any special characters
6289within these strings retain their usual meaning. If there are fewer
6290alternatives within the braces than the value of
382522cb
MK
6291@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT}, the construct outputs nothing. If it's needed
6292to print curly braces or @samp{|} character in assembler output directly,
6293@samp{%@{}, @samp{%@}} and @samp{%|} can be used.
38f8b050
JR
6294
6295If you do not define this macro, the characters @samp{@{}, @samp{|} and
6296@samp{@}} do not have any special meaning when used in templates or
6297operands to @code{asm_fprintf}.
6298
6299Define the macros @code{REGISTER_PREFIX}, @code{LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX},
6300@code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX} and @code{IMMEDIATE_PREFIX} if you can express
6301the variations in assembler language syntax with that mechanism. Define
6302@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} and use the @samp{@{option0|option1@}} syntax
6303if the syntax variant are larger and involve such things as different
6304opcodes or operand order.
6305@end defmac
6306
6307@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_PUSH (@var{stream}, @var{regno})
6308A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code
6309which will push hard register number @var{regno} onto the stack.
6310The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when
6311profiling.
6312@end defmac
6313
6314@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_POP (@var{stream}, @var{regno})
6315A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code
6316which will pop hard register number @var{regno} off of the stack.
6317The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when
6318profiling.
6319@end defmac
6320
6321@node Dispatch Tables
6322@subsection Output of Dispatch Tables
6323
6324@c prevent bad page break with this line
6325This concerns dispatch tables.
6326
6327@cindex dispatch table
6328@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_DIFF_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{body}, @var{value}, @var{rel})
6329A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6330pseudo-instruction to generate a difference between two labels.
6331@var{value} and @var{rel} are the numbers of two internal labels. The
6332definitions of these labels are output using
6333@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}, and they must be printed in the same
6334way here. For example,
6335
6336@smallexample
6337fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d-L%d\n",
6338 @var{value}, @var{rel})
6339@end smallexample
6340
6341You must provide this macro on machines where the addresses in a
6342dispatch table are relative to the table's own address. If defined, GCC
6343will also use this macro on all machines when producing PIC@.
6344@var{body} is the body of the @code{ADDR_DIFF_VEC}; it is provided so that the
6345mode and flags can be read.
6346@end defmac
6347
6348@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{value})
6349This macro should be provided on machines where the addresses
6350in a dispatch table are absolute.
6351
6352The definition should be a C statement to output to the stdio stream
6353@var{stream} an assembler pseudo-instruction to generate a reference to
6354a label. @var{value} is the number of an internal label whose
6355definition is output using @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}.
6356For example,
6357
6358@smallexample
6359fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d\n", @var{value})
6360@end smallexample
6361@end defmac
6362
6363@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num}, @var{table})
6364Define this if the label before a jump-table needs to be output
6365specially. The first three arguments are the same as for
6366@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}; the fourth argument is the
da5c6bde 6367jump-table which follows (a @code{jump_table_data} containing an
38f8b050
JR
6368@code{addr_vec} or @code{addr_diff_vec}).
6369
6370This feature is used on system V to output a @code{swbeg} statement
6371for the table.
6372
6373If this macro is not defined, these labels are output with
6374@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}.
6375@end defmac
6376
6377@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_END (@var{stream}, @var{num}, @var{table})
6378Define this if something special must be output at the end of a
6379jump-table. The definition should be a C statement to be executed
6380after the assembler code for the table is written. It should write
6381the appropriate code to stdio stream @var{stream}. The argument
6382@var{table} is the jump-table insn, and @var{num} is the label-number
6383of the preceding label.
6384
6385If this macro is not defined, nothing special is output at the end of
6386the jump-table.
6387@end defmac
6388
dddb7af4
ST
6389@hook TARGET_ASM_POST_CFI_STARTPROC
6390
38f8b050 6391@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_UNWIND_LABEL
38f8b050
JR
6392
6393@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_TABLE_LABEL
38f8b050 6394
a68b5e52
RH
6395@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_PERSONALITY
6396
38f8b050 6397@hook TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT
38f8b050 6398
5d46ec3d
IS
6399@hook TARGET_ASM_MAKE_EH_SYMBOL_INDIRECT
6400
3bc6b3e6
RH
6401@hook TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT_BEFORE_INSN
6402
491d5b3c
IS
6403@hook TARGET_ASM_SHOULD_RESTORE_CFA_STATE
6404
38f8b050
JR
6405@node Exception Region Output
6406@subsection Assembler Commands for Exception Regions
6407
6408@c prevent bad page break with this line
6409
6410This describes commands marking the start and the end of an exception
6411region.
6412
6413@defmac EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
6414If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing
6415exception handling frame unwind information. If not defined, GCC will
6416provide a default definition if the target supports named sections.
6417@file{crtstuff.c} uses this macro to switch to the appropriate section.
6418
6419You should define this symbol if your target supports DWARF 2 frame
6420unwind information and the default definition does not work.
6421@end defmac
6422
04218b35
AD
6423@defmac EH_FRAME_THROUGH_COLLECT2
6424If defined, DWARF 2 frame unwind information will identified by
6425specially named labels. The collect2 process will locate these
6426labels and generate code to register the frames.
38f8b050 6427
04218b35
AD
6428This might be necessary, for instance, if the system linker will not
6429place the eh_frames in-between the sentinals from @file{crtstuff.c},
6430or if the system linker does garbage collection and sections cannot
6431be marked as not to be collected.
38f8b050
JR
6432@end defmac
6433
6434@defmac EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
6435Define this macro to 1 if your target is such that no frame unwind
6436information encoding used with non-PIC code will ever require a
6437runtime relocation, but the linker may not support merging read-only
6438and read-write sections into a single read-write section.
6439@end defmac
6440
6441@defmac MASK_RETURN_ADDR
6442An rtx used to mask the return address found via @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX}, so
6443that it does not contain any extraneous set bits in it.
6444@end defmac
6445
6446@defmac DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
6447Define this macro to 0 if your target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind
6448information, but it does not yet work with exception handling.
6449Otherwise, if your target supports this information (if it defines
01a07a64
SB
6450@code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and @code{OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF}),
6451GCC will provide a default definition of 1.
f0a0390e 6452@end defmac
38f8b050 6453
f0a0390e
RH
6454@hook TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO
6455This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for exception handling
6456by the target. If the target has ABI specified unwind tables, the hook
6457should return @code{UI_TARGET}. If the target is to use the
6458@code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling scheme, the hook
6459should return @code{UI_SJLJ}. If the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind
6460information, the hook should return @code{UI_DWARF2}.
38f8b050 6461
f0a0390e
RH
6462A target may, if exceptions are disabled, choose to return @code{UI_NONE}.
6463This may end up simplifying other parts of target-specific code. The
6464default implementation of this hook never returns @code{UI_NONE}.
38f8b050 6465
f0a0390e 6466Note that the value returned by this hook should be constant. It should
d5fabb58
JM
6467not depend on anything except the command-line switches described by
6468@var{opts}. In particular, the
f0a0390e
RH
6469setting @code{UI_SJLJ} must be fixed at compiler start-up as C pre-processor
6470macros and builtin functions related to exception handling are set up
6471depending on this setting.
6472
6473The default implementation of the hook first honors the
6474@option{--enable-sjlj-exceptions} configure option, then
d5fabb58
JM
6475@code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO}, and finally defaults to @code{UI_SJLJ}. If
6476@code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO} depends on command-line options, the target
6477must define this hook so that @var{opts} is used correctly.
f0a0390e 6478@end deftypefn
38f8b050
JR
6479
6480@hook TARGET_UNWIND_TABLES_DEFAULT
6481This variable should be set to @code{true} if the target ABI requires unwinding
d5fabb58
JM
6482tables even when exceptions are not used. It must not be modified by
6483command-line option processing.
38f8b050
JR
6484@end deftypevr
6485
38f8b050
JR
6486@defmac DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP
6487Define this macro to 1 if the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based scheme
6488should use the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp} functions from the C library
6489instead of the @code{__builtin_setjmp}/@code{__builtin_longjmp} machinery.
6490@end defmac
6491
39ce30d8
SB
6492@defmac JMP_BUF_SIZE
6493This macro has no effect unless @code{DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP} is also
6494defined. Define this macro if the default size of @code{jmp_buf} buffer
6495for the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling mechanism
6496is not large enough, or if it is much too large.
6497The default size is @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER * sizeof(void *)}.
6498@end defmac
6499
38f8b050
JR
6500@defmac DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
6501This macro need only be defined if the target might save registers in the
6502function prologue at an offset to the stack pointer that is not aligned to
6503@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}. The definition should be the negative minimum
62f9f30b 6504alignment if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is true, and the positive
180295ed 6505minimum alignment otherwise. @xref{DWARF}. Only applicable if
38f8b050
JR
6506the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind information.
6507@end defmac
6508
6509@hook TARGET_TERMINATE_DW2_EH_FRAME_INFO
38f8b050
JR
6510
6511@hook TARGET_DWARF_REGISTER_SPAN
38f8b050 6512
ff050c66
MF
6513@hook TARGET_DWARF_FRAME_REG_MODE
6514
38f8b050 6515@hook TARGET_INIT_DWARF_REG_SIZES_EXTRA
38f8b050
JR
6516
6517@hook TARGET_ASM_TTYPE
38f8b050
JR
6518
6519@hook TARGET_ARM_EABI_UNWINDER
38f8b050
JR
6520
6521@node Alignment Output
6522@subsection Assembler Commands for Alignment
6523
6524@c prevent bad page break with this line
6525This describes commands for alignment.
6526
6527@defmac JUMP_ALIGN (@var{label})
6528The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which is
6529a common destination of jumps and has no fallthru incoming edge.
6530
6531This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6532to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently
6533define the macro.
6534
6535Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6536to set the variable @var{align_jumps} in the target's
6537@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6538selection in @var{align_jumps} in a @code{JUMP_ALIGN} implementation.
6539@end defmac
6540
6541@defmac LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER (@var{label})
6542The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which follows
6543a @code{BARRIER}.
6544
6545This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6546to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently
6547define the macro.
6548@end defmac
6549
38f8b050 6550@defmac LOOP_ALIGN (@var{label})
58a51369
SB
6551The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label} that heads
6552a frequently executed basic block (usually the header of a loop).
38f8b050
JR
6553
6554This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6555to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently
6556define the macro.
6557
6558Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6559to set the variable @code{align_loops} in the target's
6560@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6561selection in @code{align_loops} in a @code{LOOP_ALIGN} implementation.
6562@end defmac
6563
38f8b050
JR
6564@defmac LABEL_ALIGN (@var{label})
6565The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}.
6566If @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER} / @code{LOOP_ALIGN} specify a different alignment,
6567the maximum of the specified values is used.
6568
6569Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6570to set the variable @code{align_labels} in the target's
6571@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6572selection in @code{align_labels} in a @code{LABEL_ALIGN} implementation.
6573@end defmac
6574
38f8b050
JR
6575@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (@var{stream}, @var{nbytes})
6576A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6577instruction to advance the location counter by @var{nbytes} bytes.
6578Those bytes should be zero when loaded. @var{nbytes} will be a C
6579expression of type @code{unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT}.
6580@end defmac
6581
6582@defmac ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
6583Define this macro if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} should not be used in the
6584text section because it fails to put zeros in the bytes that are skipped.
6585This is true on many Unix systems, where the pseudo--op to skip bytes
6586produces no-op instructions rather than zeros when used in the text
6587section.
6588@end defmac
6589
6590@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power})
6591A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6592command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the
6593@var{power} bytes. @var{power} will be a C expression of type @code{int}.
6594@end defmac
6595
6596@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN_WITH_NOP (@var{stream}, @var{power})
6597Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN}, except that the ``nop'' instruction is used
6598for padding, if necessary.
6599@end defmac
6600
6601@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power}, @var{max_skip})
6602A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6603command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the
6604@var{power} bytes, but only if @var{max_skip} or fewer bytes are needed to
6605satisfy the alignment request. @var{power} and @var{max_skip} will be
6606a C expression of type @code{int}.
6607@end defmac
6608
6609@need 3000
6610@node Debugging Info
6611@section Controlling Debugging Information Format
6612
6613@c prevent bad page break with this line
6614This describes how to specify debugging information.
6615
6616@menu
6617* All Debuggers:: Macros that affect all debugging formats uniformly.
6618* DBX Options:: Macros enabling specific options in DBX format.
6619* DBX Hooks:: Hook macros for varying DBX format.
6620* File Names and DBX:: Macros controlling output of file names in DBX format.
180295ed 6621* DWARF:: Macros for DWARF format.
38f8b050 6622* VMS Debug:: Macros for VMS debug format.
f007a638
IB
6623* CTF Debug:: Macros for CTF debug format.
6624* BTF Debug:: Macros for BTF debug format.
38f8b050
JR
6625@end menu
6626
6627@node All Debuggers
6628@subsection Macros Affecting All Debugging Formats
6629
6630@c prevent bad page break with this line
6631These macros affect all debugging formats.
6632
6633@defmac DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno})
6634A C expression that returns the DBX register number for the compiler
6635register number @var{regno}. In the default macro provided, the value
6636of this expression will be @var{regno} itself. But sometimes there are
6637some registers that the compiler knows about and DBX does not, or vice
6638versa. In such cases, some register may need to have one number in the
6639compiler and another for DBX@.
6640
6641If two registers have consecutive numbers inside GCC, and they can be
6642used as a pair to hold a multiword value, then they @emph{must} have
6643consecutive numbers after renumbering with @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER}.
6644Otherwise, debuggers will be unable to access such a pair, because they
6645expect register pairs to be consecutive in their own numbering scheme.
6646
6647If you find yourself defining @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER} in way that
6648does not preserve register pairs, then what you must do instead is
6649redefine the actual register numbering scheme.
6650@end defmac
6651
6652@defmac DEBUGGER_AUTO_OFFSET (@var{x})
6653A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an automatic
6654variable having address @var{x} (an RTL expression). The default
6655computation assumes that @var{x} is based on the frame-pointer and
6656gives the offset from the frame-pointer. This is required for targets
180295ed
JW
6657that produce debugging output for DBX and allow the frame-pointer to be
6658eliminated when the @option{-g} option is used.
38f8b050
JR
6659@end defmac
6660
6661@defmac DEBUGGER_ARG_OFFSET (@var{offset}, @var{x})
6662A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an argument
6663having address @var{x} (an RTL expression). The nominal offset is
6664@var{offset}.
6665@end defmac
6666
6667@defmac PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE
6668A C expression that returns the type of debugging output GCC should
6669produce when the user specifies just @option{-g}. Define
6670this if you have arranged for GCC to support more than one format of
6671debugging output. Currently, the allowable values are @code{DBX_DEBUG},
d7d5f241
JW
6672@code{DWARF2_DEBUG}, @code{XCOFF_DEBUG}, @code{VMS_DEBUG},
6673and @code{VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG}.
38f8b050
JR
6674
6675When the user specifies @option{-ggdb}, GCC normally also uses the
6676value of this macro to select the debugging output format, but with two
6677exceptions. If @code{DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO} is defined, GCC uses the
6678value @code{DWARF2_DEBUG}. Otherwise, if @code{DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO} is
6679defined, GCC uses @code{DBX_DEBUG}.
6680
6681The value of this macro only affects the default debugging output; the
6682user can always get a specific type of output by using @option{-gstabs},
180295ed 6683@option{-gdwarf-2}, @option{-gxcoff}, or @option{-gvms}.
38f8b050
JR
6684@end defmac
6685
6686@node DBX Options
6687@subsection Specific Options for DBX Output
6688
6689@c prevent bad page break with this line
6690These are specific options for DBX output.
6691
6692@defmac DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO
6693Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for DBX
6694in response to the @option{-g} option.
6695@end defmac
6696
6697@defmac XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
6698Define this macro if GCC should produce XCOFF format debugging output
6699in response to the @option{-g} option. This is a variant of DBX format.
6700@end defmac
6701
6702@defmac DEFAULT_GDB_EXTENSIONS
6703Define this macro to control whether GCC should by default generate
6704GDB's extended version of DBX debugging information (assuming DBX-format
6705debugging information is enabled at all). If you don't define the
6706macro, the default is 1: always generate the extended information
6707if there is any occasion to.
6708@end defmac
6709
6710@defmac DEBUG_SYMS_TEXT
6711Define this macro if all @code{.stabs} commands should be output while
6712in the text section.
6713@end defmac
6714
6715@defmac ASM_STABS_OP
6716A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6717use instead of @code{"\t.stabs\t"} to define an ordinary debugging symbol.
6718If you don't define this macro, @code{"\t.stabs\t"} is used. This macro
6719applies only to DBX debugging information format.
6720@end defmac
6721
6722@defmac ASM_STABD_OP
6723A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6724use instead of @code{"\t.stabd\t"} to define a debugging symbol whose
6725value is the current location. If you don't define this macro,
6726@code{"\t.stabd\t"} is used. This macro applies only to DBX debugging
6727information format.
6728@end defmac
6729
6730@defmac ASM_STABN_OP
6731A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6732use instead of @code{"\t.stabn\t"} to define a debugging symbol with no
6733name. If you don't define this macro, @code{"\t.stabn\t"} is used. This
6734macro applies only to DBX debugging information format.
6735@end defmac
6736
6737@defmac DBX_NO_XREFS
6738Define this macro if DBX on your system does not support the construct
6739@samp{xs@var{tagname}}. On some systems, this construct is used to
6740describe a forward reference to a structure named @var{tagname}.
6741On other systems, this construct is not supported at all.
6742@end defmac
6743
6744@defmac DBX_CONTIN_LENGTH
6745A symbol name in DBX-format debugging information is normally
6746continued (split into two separate @code{.stabs} directives) when it
6747exceeds a certain length (by default, 80 characters). On some
6748operating systems, DBX requires this splitting; on others, splitting
6749must not be done. You can inhibit splitting by defining this macro
6750with the value zero. You can override the default splitting-length by
6751defining this macro as an expression for the length you desire.
6752@end defmac
6753
6754@defmac DBX_CONTIN_CHAR
6755Normally continuation is indicated by adding a @samp{\} character to
6756the end of a @code{.stabs} string when a continuation follows. To use
6757a different character instead, define this macro as a character
6758constant for the character you want to use. Do not define this macro
6759if backslash is correct for your system.
6760@end defmac
6761
6762@defmac DBX_STATIC_STAB_DATA_SECTION
6763Define this macro if it is necessary to go to the data section before
6764outputting the @samp{.stabs} pseudo-op for a non-global static
6765variable.
6766@end defmac
6767
6768@defmac DBX_TYPE_DECL_STABS_CODE
6769The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6770for a typedef. The default is @code{N_LSYM}.
6771@end defmac
6772
6773@defmac DBX_STATIC_CONST_VAR_CODE
6774The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6775for a static variable located in the text section. DBX format does not
6776provide any ``right'' way to do this. The default is @code{N_FUN}.
6777@end defmac
6778
6779@defmac DBX_REGPARM_STABS_CODE
6780The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6781for a parameter passed in registers. DBX format does not provide any
6782``right'' way to do this. The default is @code{N_RSYM}.
6783@end defmac
6784
6785@defmac DBX_REGPARM_STABS_LETTER
6786The letter to use in DBX symbol data to identify a symbol as a parameter
6787passed in registers. DBX format does not customarily provide any way to
6788do this. The default is @code{'P'}.
6789@end defmac
6790
6791@defmac DBX_FUNCTION_FIRST
6792Define this macro if the DBX information for a function and its
6793arguments should precede the assembler code for the function. Normally,
6794in DBX format, the debugging information entirely follows the assembler
6795code.
6796@end defmac
6797
6798@defmac DBX_BLOCKS_FUNCTION_RELATIVE
6799Define this macro, with value 1, if the value of a symbol describing
6800the scope of a block (@code{N_LBRAC} or @code{N_RBRAC}) should be
6801relative to the start of the enclosing function. Normally, GCC uses
6802an absolute address.
6803@end defmac
6804
6805@defmac DBX_LINES_FUNCTION_RELATIVE
6806Define this macro, with value 1, if the value of a symbol indicating
6807the current line number (@code{N_SLINE}) should be relative to the
6808start of the enclosing function. Normally, GCC uses an absolute address.
6809@end defmac
6810
6811@defmac DBX_USE_BINCL
6812Define this macro if GCC should generate @code{N_BINCL} and
6813@code{N_EINCL} stabs for included header files, as on Sun systems. This
6814macro also directs GCC to output a type number as a pair of a file
6815number and a type number within the file. Normally, GCC does not
6816generate @code{N_BINCL} or @code{N_EINCL} stabs, and it outputs a single
6817number for a type number.
6818@end defmac
6819
6820@node DBX Hooks
6821@subsection Open-Ended Hooks for DBX Format
6822
6823@c prevent bad page break with this line
6824These are hooks for DBX format.
6825
38f8b050
JR
6826@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE (@var{stream}, @var{line}, @var{counter})
6827A C statement to output DBX debugging information before code for line
6828number @var{line} of the current source file to the stdio stream
6829@var{stream}. @var{counter} is the number of time the macro was
6830invoked, including the current invocation; it is intended to generate
6831unique labels in the assembly output.
6832
6833This macro should not be defined if the default output is correct, or
6834if it can be made correct by defining @code{DBX_LINES_FUNCTION_RELATIVE}.
6835@end defmac
6836
6837@defmac NO_DBX_FUNCTION_END
6838Some stabs encapsulation formats (in particular ECOFF), cannot handle the
6839@code{.stabs "",N_FUN,,0,0,Lscope-function-1} gdb dbx extension construct.
6840On those machines, define this macro to turn this feature off without
6841disturbing the rest of the gdb extensions.
6842@end defmac
6843
6844@defmac NO_DBX_BNSYM_ENSYM
6845Some assemblers cannot handle the @code{.stabd BNSYM/ENSYM,0,0} gdb dbx
6846extension construct. On those machines, define this macro to turn this
6847feature off without disturbing the rest of the gdb extensions.
6848@end defmac
6849
6850@node File Names and DBX
6851@subsection File Names in DBX Format
6852
6853@c prevent bad page break with this line
6854This describes file names in DBX format.
6855
6856@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name})
6857A C statement to output DBX debugging information to the stdio stream
6858@var{stream}, which indicates that file @var{name} is the main source
6859file---the file specified as the input file for compilation.
6860This macro is called only once, at the beginning of compilation.
6861
6862This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
6863for DBX debugging information is appropriate.
6864
6865It may be necessary to refer to a label equal to the beginning of the
6866text section. You can use @samp{assemble_name (stream, ltext_label_name)}
6867to do so. If you do this, you must also set the variable
6868@var{used_ltext_label_name} to @code{true}.
6869@end defmac
6870
6871@defmac NO_DBX_MAIN_SOURCE_DIRECTORY
6872Define this macro, with value 1, if GCC should not emit an indication
6873of the current directory for compilation and current source language at
6874the beginning of the file.
6875@end defmac
6876
6877@defmac NO_DBX_GCC_MARKER
6878Define this macro, with value 1, if GCC should not emit an indication
6879that this object file was compiled by GCC@. The default is to emit
6880an @code{N_OPT} stab at the beginning of every source file, with
6881@samp{gcc2_compiled.} for the string and value 0.
6882@end defmac
6883
6884@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END (@var{stream}, @var{name})
6885A C statement to output DBX debugging information at the end of
6886compilation of the main source file @var{name}. Output should be
6887written to the stdio stream @var{stream}.
6888
6889If you don't define this macro, nothing special is output at the end
6890of compilation, which is correct for most machines.
6891@end defmac
6892
6893@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_NULL_N_SO_AT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END
6894Define this macro @emph{instead of} defining
6895@code{DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END}, if what needs to be output at
6896the end of compilation is an @code{N_SO} stab with an empty string,
6897whose value is the highest absolute text address in the file.
6898@end defmac
6899
6900@need 2000
180295ed
JW
6901@node DWARF
6902@subsection Macros for DWARF Output
38f8b050
JR
6903
6904@c prevent bad page break with this line
180295ed 6905Here are macros for DWARF output.
38f8b050
JR
6906
6907@defmac DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
6908Define this macro if GCC should produce dwarf version 2 format
6909debugging output in response to the @option{-g} option.
6910
6911@hook TARGET_DWARF_CALLING_CONVENTION
38f8b050
JR
6912
6913To support optional call frame debugging information, you must also
6914define @code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and either set
6915@code{RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P} on the prologue insns if you use RTL for the
6916prologue, or call @code{dwarf2out_def_cfa} and @code{dwarf2out_reg_save}
6917as appropriate from @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} if you don't.
6918@end defmac
6919
6920@defmac DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
6921Define this macro to a nonzero value if GCC should always output
f0a0390e
RH
6922Dwarf 2 frame information. If @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}
6923(@pxref{Exception Region Output}) returns @code{UI_DWARF2}, and
6924exceptions are enabled, GCC will output this information not matter
6925how you define @code{DWARF2_FRAME_INFO}.
38f8b050
JR
6926@end defmac
6927
f0a0390e 6928@hook TARGET_DEBUG_UNWIND_INFO
f0a0390e 6929
38f8b050
JR
6930@defmac DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
6931Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the assembler can generate Dwarf 2
6932line debug info sections. This will result in much more compact line number
6933tables, and hence is desirable if it works.
6934@end defmac
6935
924c9e3e
AO
6936@defmac DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO
6937Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the assembler supports view
6938assignment and verification in @code{.loc}. If it does not, but the
6939user enables location views, the compiler may have to fallback to
6940internal line number tables.
6941@end defmac
6942
6943@hook TARGET_RESET_LOCATION_VIEW
6944
9730bc27
TT
6945@hook TARGET_WANT_DEBUG_PUB_SECTIONS
6946
2ba42841
AO
6947@hook TARGET_DELAY_SCHED2
6948
6949@hook TARGET_DELAY_VARTRACK
6950
a50fa76a
BS
6951@hook TARGET_NO_REGISTER_ALLOCATION
6952
38f8b050
JR
6953@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2})
6954A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference
6955@var{lab1} minus @var{lab2}, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
6956@end defmac
6957
6958@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_VMS_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2})
6959A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference
630ba2fd 6960between the two given labels in system defined units, e.g.@: instruction
38f8b050
JR
6961slots on IA64 VMS, using an integer of the given size.
6962@end defmac
6963
7180b1a6 6964@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label}, @var{offset}, @var{section})
38f8b050 6965A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a
7180b1a6
RB
6966section-relative reference to the given @var{label} plus @var{offset}, using
6967an integer of the given @var{size}. The label is known to be defined in the
6968given @var{section}.
38f8b050
JR
6969@end defmac
6970
6971@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_PCREL (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label})
6972A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a self-relative
6973reference to the given @var{label}, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
6974@end defmac
6975
04218b35
AD
6976@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATAREL (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label})
6977A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a reference to the
6978given @var{label} relative to the dbase, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
6979@end defmac
6980
38f8b050
JR
6981@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (@var{label})
6982A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a reference to
6983the DWARF table identifier @var{label} from the current section. This
6984is used on some systems to avoid garbage collecting a DWARF table which
6985is referenced by a function.
6986@end defmac
6987
6988@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
38f8b050 6989
38f8b050
JR
6990@need 2000
6991@node VMS Debug
6992@subsection Macros for VMS Debug Format
6993
6994@c prevent bad page break with this line
6995Here are macros for VMS debug format.
6996
6997@defmac VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
6998Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for VMS
6999in response to the @option{-g} option. The default behavior for VMS
7000is to generate minimal debug info for a traceback in the absence of
7001@option{-g} unless explicitly overridden with @option{-g0}. This
fac0f722 7002behavior is controlled by @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} and
38f8b050
JR
7003@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.
7004@end defmac
7005
f007a638
IB
7006@need 2000
7007@node CTF Debug
7008@subsection Macros for CTF Debug Format
7009
7010@c prevent bad page break with this line
7011Here are macros for CTF debug format.
7012
7013@defmac CTF_DEBUGGING_INFO
7014Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output in CTF debug
7015format in response to the @option{-gctf} option.
7016@end defmac
7017
7018@need 2000
7019@node BTF Debug
7020@subsection Macros for BTF Debug Format
7021
7022@c prevent bad page break with this line
7023Here are macros for BTF debug format.
7024
7025@defmac BTF_DEBUGGING_INFO
7026Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output in BTF debug
7027format in response to the @option{-gbtf} option.
7028@end defmac
7029
38f8b050
JR
7030@node Floating Point
7031@section Cross Compilation and Floating Point
7032@cindex cross compilation and floating point
7033@cindex floating point and cross compilation
7034
7035While all modern machines use twos-complement representation for integers,
7036there are a variety of representations for floating point numbers. This
7037means that in a cross-compiler the representation of floating point numbers
7038in the compiled program may be different from that used in the machine
7039doing the compilation.
7040
7041Because different representation systems may offer different amounts of
7042range and precision, all floating point constants must be represented in
7043the target machine's format. Therefore, the cross compiler cannot
7044safely use the host machine's floating point arithmetic; it must emulate
7045the target's arithmetic. To ensure consistency, GCC always uses
7046emulation to work with floating point values, even when the host and
7047target floating point formats are identical.
7048
7049The following macros are provided by @file{real.h} for the compiler to
7050use. All parts of the compiler which generate or optimize
7051floating-point calculations must use these macros. They may evaluate
7052their operands more than once, so operands must not have side effects.
7053
7054@defmac REAL_VALUE_TYPE
7055The C data type to be used to hold a floating point value in the target
7056machine's format. Typically this is a @code{struct} containing an
7057array of @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}, but all code should treat it as an opaque
7058quantity.
7059@end defmac
7060
38f8b050
JR
7061@deftypefn Macro HOST_WIDE_INT REAL_VALUE_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7062Truncates @var{x} to a signed integer, rounding toward zero.
7063@end deftypefn
7064
7065@deftypefn Macro {unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT} REAL_VALUE_UNSIGNED_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7066Truncates @var{x} to an unsigned integer, rounding toward zero. If
7067@var{x} is negative, returns zero.
7068@end deftypefn
7069
ef4bddc2 7070@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ATOF (const char *@var{string}, machine_mode @var{mode})
38f8b050
JR
7071Converts @var{string} into a floating point number in the target machine's
7072representation for mode @var{mode}. This routine can handle both
7073decimal and hexadecimal floating point constants, using the syntax
7074defined by the C language for both.
7075@end deftypefn
7076
7077@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7078Returns 1 if @var{x} is negative (including negative zero), 0 otherwise.
7079@end deftypefn
7080
7081@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISINF (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7082Determines whether @var{x} represents infinity (positive or negative).
7083@end deftypefn
7084
7085@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7086Determines whether @var{x} represents a ``NaN'' (not-a-number).
7087@end deftypefn
7088
38f8b050
JR
7089@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_NEGATE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7090Returns the negative of the floating point value @var{x}.
7091@end deftypefn
7092
7093@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ABS (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7094Returns the absolute value of @var{x}.
7095@end deftypefn
7096
38f8b050
JR
7097@node Mode Switching
7098@section Mode Switching Instructions
7099@cindex mode switching
7100The following macros control mode switching optimizations:
7101
7102@defmac OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING (@var{entity})
7103Define this macro if the port needs extra instructions inserted for mode
7104switching in an optimizing compilation.
7105
7106For an example, the SH4 can perform both single and double precision
7107floating point operations, but to perform a single precision operation,
7108the FPSCR PR bit has to be cleared, while for a double precision
7109operation, this bit has to be set. Changing the PR bit requires a general
7110purpose register as a scratch register, hence these FPSCR sets have to
fd250f0d 7111be inserted before reload, i.e.@: you cannot put this into instruction emitting
38f8b050
JR
7112or @code{TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG}.
7113
7114You can have multiple entities that are mode-switched, and select at run time
7115which entities actually need it. @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} should
7116return nonzero for any @var{entity} that needs mode-switching.
7117If you define this macro, you also have to define
06b90602
CB
7118@code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, @code{TARGET_MODE_NEEDED},
7119@code{TARGET_MODE_PRIORITY} and @code{TARGET_MODE_EMIT}.
7120@code{TARGET_MODE_AFTER}, @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY}, and @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT}
38f8b050
JR
7121are optional.
7122@end defmac
7123
7124@defmac NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING
7125If you define @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING}, you have to define this as
7126initializer for an array of integers. Each initializer element
7127N refers to an entity that needs mode switching, and specifies the number
7128of different modes that might need to be set for this entity.
7129The position of the initializer in the initializer---starting counting at
7130zero---determines the integer that is used to refer to the mode-switched
7131entity in question.
7132In macros that take mode arguments / yield a mode result, modes are
7133represented as numbers 0 @dots{} N @minus{} 1. N is used to specify that no mode
7134switch is needed / supplied.
7135@end defmac
7136
06b90602 7137@hook TARGET_MODE_EMIT
38f8b050 7138
06b90602 7139@hook TARGET_MODE_NEEDED
38f8b050 7140
06b90602 7141@hook TARGET_MODE_AFTER
38f8b050 7142
06b90602 7143@hook TARGET_MODE_ENTRY
38f8b050 7144
06b90602 7145@hook TARGET_MODE_EXIT
38f8b050 7146
06b90602 7147@hook TARGET_MODE_PRIORITY
38f8b050
JR
7148
7149@node Target Attributes
7150@section Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__}
7151@cindex target attributes
7152@cindex machine attributes
7153@cindex attributes, target-specific
7154
7155Target-specific attributes may be defined for functions, data and types.
7156These are described using the following target hooks; they also need to
7157be documented in @file{extend.texi}.
7158
7159@hook TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
38f8b050
JR
7160
7161@hook TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TAKES_IDENTIFIER_P
38f8b050
JR
7162
7163@hook TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
38f8b050
JR
7164
7165@hook TARGET_SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
38f8b050
JR
7166
7167@hook TARGET_MERGE_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
38f8b050
JR
7168
7169@hook TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
38f8b050
JR
7170
7171@hook TARGET_VALID_DLLIMPORT_ATTRIBUTE_P
7172
7173@defmac TARGET_DECLSPEC
7174Define this macro to a nonzero value if you want to treat
7175@code{__declspec(X)} as equivalent to @code{__attribute((X))}. By
7176default, this behavior is enabled only for targets that define
7177@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. The current implementation
7178of @code{__declspec} is via a built-in macro, but you should not rely
7179on this implementation detail.
7180@end defmac
7181
7182@hook TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES
38f8b050 7183
7a4418a5
JL
7184@hook TARGET_HANDLE_GENERIC_ATTRIBUTE
7185
38f8b050 7186@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE_INLINABLE_P
38f8b050
JR
7187
7188@hook TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P
38f8b050
JR
7189
7190@hook TARGET_OPTION_SAVE
38f8b050
JR
7191
7192@hook TARGET_OPTION_RESTORE
38f8b050 7193
59913123
JJ
7194@hook TARGET_OPTION_POST_STREAM_IN
7195
38f8b050 7196@hook TARGET_OPTION_PRINT
38f8b050 7197
56cb42ea 7198@hook TARGET_OPTION_PRAGMA_PARSE
38f8b050
JR
7199
7200@hook TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE
38f8b050 7201
3649b9b7 7202@hook TARGET_OPTION_FUNCTION_VERSIONS
3649b9b7 7203
38f8b050 7204@hook TARGET_CAN_INLINE_P
38f8b050 7205
63b0cb04
CB
7206@hook TARGET_RELAYOUT_FUNCTION
7207
38f8b050
JR
7208@node Emulated TLS
7209@section Emulating TLS
7210@cindex Emulated TLS
7211
7212For targets whose psABI does not provide Thread Local Storage via
7213specific relocations and instruction sequences, an emulation layer is
7214used. A set of target hooks allows this emulation layer to be
7215configured for the requirements of a particular target. For instance
7216the psABI may in fact specify TLS support in terms of an emulation
7217layer.
7218
7219The emulation layer works by creating a control object for every TLS
7220object. To access the TLS object, a lookup function is provided
7221which, when given the address of the control object, will return the
7222address of the current thread's instance of the TLS object.
7223
7224@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_GET_ADDRESS
38f8b050
JR
7225
7226@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_REGISTER_COMMON
38f8b050
JR
7227
7228@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_SECTION
38f8b050
JR
7229
7230@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_TMPL_SECTION
38f8b050
JR
7231
7232@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_PREFIX
38f8b050
JR
7233
7234@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_TMPL_PREFIX
38f8b050
JR
7235
7236@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_FIELDS
38f8b050
JR
7237
7238@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_INIT
38f8b050
JR
7239
7240@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_ALIGN_FIXED
38f8b050
JR
7241
7242@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_DEBUG_FORM_TLS_ADDRESS
38f8b050
JR
7243
7244@node MIPS Coprocessors
7245@section Defining coprocessor specifics for MIPS targets.
7246@cindex MIPS coprocessor-definition macros
7247
7248The MIPS specification allows MIPS implementations to have as many as 4
7249coprocessors, each with as many as 32 private registers. GCC supports
7250accessing these registers and transferring values between the registers
7251and memory using asm-ized variables. For example:
7252
7253@smallexample
7254 register unsigned int cp0count asm ("c0r1");
7255 unsigned int d;
7256
7257 d = cp0count + 3;
7258@end smallexample
7259
7260(``c0r1'' is the default name of register 1 in coprocessor 0; alternate
7261names may be added as described below, or the default names may be
7262overridden entirely in @code{SUBTARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}.)
7263
7264Coprocessor registers are assumed to be epilogue-used; sets to them will
7265be preserved even if it does not appear that the register is used again
7266later in the function.
7267
7268Another note: according to the MIPS spec, coprocessor 1 (if present) is
7269the FPU@. One accesses COP1 registers through standard mips
7270floating-point support; they are not included in this mechanism.
7271
38f8b050
JR
7272@node PCH Target
7273@section Parameters for Precompiled Header Validity Checking
7274@cindex parameters, precompiled headers
7275
7276@hook TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY
38f8b050
JR
7277
7278@hook TARGET_PCH_VALID_P
38f8b050
JR
7279
7280@hook TARGET_CHECK_PCH_TARGET_FLAGS
38f8b050 7281
e32ea2d1
RS
7282@hook TARGET_PREPARE_PCH_SAVE
7283
38f8b050
JR
7284@node C++ ABI
7285@section C++ ABI parameters
7286@cindex parameters, c++ abi
7287
7288@hook TARGET_CXX_GUARD_TYPE
38f8b050
JR
7289
7290@hook TARGET_CXX_GUARD_MASK_BIT
38f8b050
JR
7291
7292@hook TARGET_CXX_GET_COOKIE_SIZE
38f8b050
JR
7293
7294@hook TARGET_CXX_COOKIE_HAS_SIZE
38f8b050
JR
7295
7296@hook TARGET_CXX_IMPORT_EXPORT_CLASS
38f8b050
JR
7297
7298@hook TARGET_CXX_CDTOR_RETURNS_THIS
38f8b050
JR
7299
7300@hook TARGET_CXX_KEY_METHOD_MAY_BE_INLINE
38f8b050
JR
7301
7302@hook TARGET_CXX_DETERMINE_CLASS_DATA_VISIBILITY
7303
7304@hook TARGET_CXX_CLASS_DATA_ALWAYS_COMDAT
38f8b050
JR
7305
7306@hook TARGET_CXX_LIBRARY_RTTI_COMDAT
38f8b050
JR
7307
7308@hook TARGET_CXX_USE_AEABI_ATEXIT
38f8b050
JR
7309
7310@hook TARGET_CXX_USE_ATEXIT_FOR_CXA_ATEXIT
38f8b050
JR
7311
7312@hook TARGET_CXX_ADJUST_CLASS_AT_DEFINITION
7313
17c4f786
AS
7314@hook TARGET_CXX_DECL_MANGLING_CONTEXT
7315
b4c522fa
IB
7316@node D Language and ABI
7317@section D ABI parameters
7318@cindex parameters, d abi
7319
7320@hook TARGET_D_CPU_VERSIONS
7321
7322@hook TARGET_D_OS_VERSIONS
7323
3785d2b2
IB
7324@hook TARGET_D_REGISTER_CPU_TARGET_INFO
7325
527bc018
IB
7326@hook TARGET_D_REGISTER_OS_TARGET_INFO
7327
4dce3b05
IB
7328@hook TARGET_D_MINFO_SECTION
7329
7330@hook TARGET_D_MINFO_START_NAME
7331
7332@hook TARGET_D_MINFO_END_NAME
7333
d253a6f7
IB
7334@hook TARGET_D_HAS_STDCALL_CONVENTION
7335
bda51959
IB
7336@hook TARGET_D_TEMPLATES_ALWAYS_COMDAT
7337
38f8b050
JR
7338@node Named Address Spaces
7339@section Adding support for named address spaces
7340@cindex named address spaces
7341
7342The draft technical report of the ISO/IEC JTC1 S22 WG14 N1275
7343standards committee, @cite{Programming Languages - C - Extensions to
7344support embedded processors}, specifies a syntax for embedded
7345processors to specify alternate address spaces. You can configure a
7346GCC port to support section 5.1 of the draft report to add support for
7347address spaces other than the default address space. These address
7348spaces are new keywords that are similar to the @code{volatile} and
7349@code{const} type attributes.
7350
7351Pointers to named address spaces can have a different size than
7352pointers to the generic address space.
7353
7354For example, the SPU port uses the @code{__ea} address space to refer
7355to memory in the host processor, rather than memory local to the SPU
7356processor. Access to memory in the @code{__ea} address space involves
7357issuing DMA operations to move data between the host processor and the
7358local processor memory address space. Pointers in the @code{__ea}
7359address space are either 32 bits or 64 bits based on the
7360@option{-mea32} or @option{-mea64} switches (native SPU pointers are
7361always 32 bits).
7362
7363Internally, address spaces are represented as a small integer in the
7364range 0 to 15 with address space 0 being reserved for the generic
7365address space.
7366
7367To register a named address space qualifier keyword with the C front end,
7368the target may call the @code{c_register_addr_space} routine. For example,
7369the SPU port uses the following to declare @code{__ea} as the keyword for
7370named address space #1:
7371@smallexample
7372#define ADDR_SPACE_EA 1
7373c_register_addr_space ("__ea", ADDR_SPACE_EA);
7374@end smallexample
7375
7376@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE
38f8b050
JR
7377
7378@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE
38f8b050
JR
7379
7380@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_VALID_POINTER_MODE
38f8b050
JR
7381
7382@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
38f8b050
JR
7383
7384@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
38f8b050
JR
7385
7386@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P
38f8b050 7387
6626f970
RH
7388@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ZERO_ADDRESS_VALID
7389
38f8b050 7390@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_CONVERT
38f8b050 7391
f736b911
RH
7392@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_DEBUG
7393
ffc22840
GJL
7394@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_DIAGNOSE_USAGE
7395
38f8b050
JR
7396@node Misc
7397@section Miscellaneous Parameters
7398@cindex parameters, miscellaneous
7399
7400@c prevent bad page break with this line
7401Here are several miscellaneous parameters.
7402
7403@defmac HAS_LONG_COND_BRANCH
7404Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture
7405has conditional branches that can span all of memory. It is used in
7406conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic
7407blocks into separate sections of the executable. If this macro is
7408set to false, gcc will convert any conditional branches that attempt
7409to cross between sections into unconditional branches or indirect jumps.
7410@end defmac
7411
7412@defmac HAS_LONG_UNCOND_BRANCH
7413Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture
7414has unconditional branches that can span all of memory. It is used in
7415conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic
7416blocks into separate sections of the executable. If this macro is
7417set to false, gcc will convert any unconditional branches that attempt
7418to cross between sections into indirect jumps.
7419@end defmac
7420
7421@defmac CASE_VECTOR_MODE
7422An alias for a machine mode name. This is the machine mode that
7423elements of a jump-table should have.
7424@end defmac
7425
7426@defmac CASE_VECTOR_SHORTEN_MODE (@var{min_offset}, @var{max_offset}, @var{body})
7427Optional: return the preferred mode for an @code{addr_diff_vec}
7428when the minimum and maximum offset are known. If you define this,
7429it enables extra code in branch shortening to deal with @code{addr_diff_vec}.
7430To make this work, you also have to define @code{INSN_ALIGN} and
7431make the alignment for @code{addr_diff_vec} explicit.
7432The @var{body} argument is provided so that the offset_unsigned and scale
7433flags can be updated.
7434@end defmac
7435
7436@defmac CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE
7437Define this macro to be a C expression to indicate when jump-tables
7438should contain relative addresses. You need not define this macro if
7439jump-tables never contain relative addresses, or jump-tables should
7440contain relative addresses only when @option{-fPIC} or @option{-fPIC}
7441is in effect.
7442@end defmac
7443
7444@hook TARGET_CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD
38f8b050 7445
38f8b050 7446@defmac WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
9e11bfef 7447Define this macro to 1 if operations between registers with integral mode
bcec133f
EB
7448smaller than a word are always performed on the entire register. To be
7449more explicit, if you start with a pair of @code{word_mode} registers with
7450known values and you do a subword, for example @code{QImode}, addition on
7451the low part of the registers, then the compiler may consider that the
7452result has a known value in @code{word_mode} too if the macro is defined
7453to 1. Most RISC machines have this property and most CISC machines do not.
38f8b050
JR
7454@end defmac
7455
894d8b41
EB
7456@hook TARGET_MIN_ARITHMETIC_PRECISION
7457
38f8b050
JR
7458@defmac LOAD_EXTEND_OP (@var{mem_mode})
7459Define this macro to be a C expression indicating when insns that read
7460memory in @var{mem_mode}, an integral mode narrower than a word, set the
7461bits outside of @var{mem_mode} to be either the sign-extension or the
7462zero-extension of the data read. Return @code{SIGN_EXTEND} for values
7463of @var{mem_mode} for which the
7464insn sign-extends, @code{ZERO_EXTEND} for which it zero-extends, and
7465@code{UNKNOWN} for other modes.
7466
7467This macro is not called with @var{mem_mode} non-integral or with a width
7468greater than or equal to @code{BITS_PER_WORD}, so you may return any
7469value in this case. Do not define this macro if it would always return
7470@code{UNKNOWN}. On machines where this macro is defined, you will normally
7471define it as the constant @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{ZERO_EXTEND}.
7472
7473You may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN} value even if for some hard registers
7474the sign extension is not performed, if for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS}
0d803030 7475of these hard registers @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false
38f8b050
JR
7476when the @var{from} mode is @var{mem_mode} and the @var{to} mode is any
7477integral mode larger than this but not larger than @code{word_mode}.
7478
7479You must return @code{UNKNOWN} if for some hard registers that allow this
0d803030 7480mode, @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} says that they cannot change to
38f8b050
JR
7481@code{word_mode}, but that they can change to another integral mode that
7482is larger then @var{mem_mode} but still smaller than @code{word_mode}.
7483@end defmac
7484
7485@defmac SHORT_IMMEDIATES_SIGN_EXTEND
58f2ae18 7486Define this macro to 1 if loading short immediate values into registers sign
38f8b050
JR
7487extends.
7488@end defmac
7489
38f8b050 7490@hook TARGET_MIN_DIVISIONS_FOR_RECIP_MUL
38f8b050
JR
7491
7492@defmac MOVE_MAX
7493The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
7494between memory and registers or between two memory locations.
7495@end defmac
7496
7497@defmac MAX_MOVE_MAX
7498The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
7499between memory and registers or between two memory locations. If this
7500is undefined, the default is @code{MOVE_MAX}. Otherwise, it is the
7501constant value that is the largest value that @code{MOVE_MAX} can have
7502at run-time.
7503@end defmac
7504
7505@defmac SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED
7506A C expression that is nonzero if on this machine the number of bits
7507actually used for the count of a shift operation is equal to the number
7508of bits needed to represent the size of the object being shifted. When
7509this macro is nonzero, the compiler will assume that it is safe to omit
7510a sign-extend, zero-extend, and certain bitwise `and' instructions that
7511truncates the count of a shift operation. On machines that have
7512instructions that act on bit-fields at variable positions, which may
7513include `bit test' instructions, a nonzero @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}
7514also enables deletion of truncations of the values that serve as
7515arguments to bit-field instructions.
7516
7517If both types of instructions truncate the count (for shifts) and
7518position (for bit-field operations), or if no variable-position bit-field
7519instructions exist, you should define this macro.
7520
7521However, on some machines, such as the 80386 and the 680x0, truncation
7522only applies to shift operations and not the (real or pretended)
7523bit-field operations. Define @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} to be zero on
7524such machines. Instead, add patterns to the @file{md} file that include
7525the implied truncation of the shift instructions.
7526
7527You need not define this macro if it would always have the value of zero.
7528@end defmac
7529
7530@anchor{TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK}
7531@hook TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK
38f8b050 7532
bb149ca2 7533@hook TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION
38f8b050
JR
7534
7535@hook TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED
38f8b050 7536
82957a73
PB
7537@hook TARGET_SETJMP_PRESERVES_NONVOLATILE_REGS_P
7538
38f8b050
JR
7539@defmac STORE_FLAG_VALUE
7540A C expression describing the value returned by a comparison operator
7541with an integral mode and stored by a store-flag instruction
7542(@samp{cstore@var{mode}4}) when the condition is true. This description must
7543apply to @emph{all} the @samp{cstore@var{mode}4} patterns and all the
7544comparison operators whose results have a @code{MODE_INT} mode.
7545
7546A value of 1 or @minus{}1 means that the instruction implementing the
7547comparison operator returns exactly 1 or @minus{}1 when the comparison is true
7548and 0 when the comparison is false. Otherwise, the value indicates
7549which bits of the result are guaranteed to be 1 when the comparison is
7550true. This value is interpreted in the mode of the comparison
7551operation, which is given by the mode of the first operand in the
7552@samp{cstore@var{mode}4} pattern. Either the low bit or the sign bit of
7553@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} be on. Presently, only those bits are used by
7554the compiler.
7555
7556If @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is neither 1 or @minus{}1, the compiler will
7557generate code that depends only on the specified bits. It can also
7558replace comparison operators with equivalent operations if they cause
7559the required bits to be set, even if the remaining bits are undefined.
7560For example, on a machine whose comparison operators return an
7561@code{SImode} value and where @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is defined as
7562@samp{0x80000000}, saying that just the sign bit is relevant, the
7563expression
7564
7565@smallexample
7566(ne:SI (and:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{power-of-2})) (const_int 0))
7567@end smallexample
7568
7569@noindent
7570can be converted to
7571
7572@smallexample
7573(ashift:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{n}))
7574@end smallexample
7575
7576@noindent
7577where @var{n} is the appropriate shift count to move the bit being
7578tested into the sign bit.
7579
7580There is no way to describe a machine that always sets the low-order bit
7581for a true value, but does not guarantee the value of any other bits,
7582but we do not know of any machine that has such an instruction. If you
7583are trying to port GCC to such a machine, include an instruction to
7584perform a logical-and of the result with 1 in the pattern for the
7585comparison operators and let us know at @email{gcc@@gcc.gnu.org}.
7586
7587Often, a machine will have multiple instructions that obtain a value
7588from a comparison (or the condition codes). Here are rules to guide the
7589choice of value for @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}, and hence the instructions
7590to be used:
7591
7592@itemize @bullet
7593@item
7594Use the shortest sequence that yields a valid definition for
7595@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}. It is more efficient for the compiler to
7596``normalize'' the value (convert it to, e.g., 1 or 0) than for the
7597comparison operators to do so because there may be opportunities to
7598combine the normalization with other operations.
7599
7600@item
7601For equal-length sequences, use a value of 1 or @minus{}1, with @minus{}1 being
7602slightly preferred on machines with expensive jumps and 1 preferred on
7603other machines.
7604
7605@item
7606As a second choice, choose a value of @samp{0x80000001} if instructions
7607exist that set both the sign and low-order bits but do not define the
7608others.
7609
7610@item
7611Otherwise, use a value of @samp{0x80000000}.
7612@end itemize
7613
7614Many machines can produce both the value chosen for
7615@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} and its negation in the same number of
7616instructions. On those machines, you should also define a pattern for
7617those cases, e.g., one matching
7618
7619@smallexample
7620(set @var{A} (neg:@var{m} (ne:@var{m} @var{B} @var{C})))
7621@end smallexample
7622
7623Some machines can also perform @code{and} or @code{plus} operations on
7624condition code values with less instructions than the corresponding
7625@samp{cstore@var{mode}4} insn followed by @code{and} or @code{plus}. On those
7626machines, define the appropriate patterns. Use the names @code{incscc}
7627and @code{decscc}, respectively, for the patterns which perform
7628@code{plus} or @code{minus} operations on condition code values. See
2b0d3573 7629@file{rs6000.md} for some examples. The GNU Superoptimizer can be used to
38f8b050
JR
7630find such instruction sequences on other machines.
7631
7632If this macro is not defined, the default value, 1, is used. You need
7633not define @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} if the machine has no store-flag
7634instructions, or if the value generated by these instructions is 1.
7635@end defmac
7636
7637@defmac FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode})
7638A C expression that gives a nonzero @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE} value that is
7639returned when comparison operators with floating-point results are true.
7640Define this macro on machines that have comparison operations that return
7641floating-point values. If there are no such operations, do not define
7642this macro.
7643@end defmac
7644
7645@defmac VECTOR_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode})
5e97638b 7646A C expression that gives an rtx representing the nonzero true element
38f8b050
JR
7647for vector comparisons. The returned rtx should be valid for the inner
7648mode of @var{mode} which is guaranteed to be a vector mode. Define
7649this macro on machines that have vector comparison operations that
7650return a vector result. If there are no such operations, do not define
7651this macro. Typically, this macro is defined as @code{const1_rtx} or
7652@code{constm1_rtx}. This macro may return @code{NULL_RTX} to prevent
7653the compiler optimizing such vector comparison operations for the
7654given mode.
7655@end defmac
7656
7657@defmac CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value})
7658@defmacx CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value})
7659A C expression that indicates whether the architecture defines a value
ff2ce160 7660for @code{clz} or @code{ctz} with a zero operand.
38f8b050
JR
7661A result of @code{0} indicates the value is undefined.
7662If the value is defined for only the RTL expression, the macro should
7663evaluate to @code{1}; if the value applies also to the corresponding optab
7664entry (which is normally the case if it expands directly into
ff2ce160 7665the corresponding RTL), then the macro should evaluate to @code{2}.
38f8b050 7666In the cases where the value is defined, @var{value} should be set to
ff2ce160 7667this value.
38f8b050
JR
7668
7669If this macro is not defined, the value of @code{clz} or
7670@code{ctz} at zero is assumed to be undefined.
7671
7672This macro must be defined if the target's expansion for @code{ffs}
7673relies on a particular value to get correct results. Otherwise it
7674is not necessary, though it may be used to optimize some corner cases, and
7675to provide a default expansion for the @code{ffs} optab.
7676
7677Note that regardless of this macro the ``definedness'' of @code{clz}
7678and @code{ctz} at zero do @emph{not} extend to the builtin functions
7679visible to the user. Thus one may be free to adjust the value at will
7680to match the target expansion of these operations without fear of
7681breaking the API@.
7682@end defmac
7683
7684@defmac Pmode
7685An alias for the machine mode for pointers. On most machines, define
7686this to be the integer mode corresponding to the width of a hardware
7687pointer; @code{SImode} on 32-bit machine or @code{DImode} on 64-bit machines.
7688On some machines you must define this to be one of the partial integer
7689modes, such as @code{PSImode}.
7690
7691The width of @code{Pmode} must be at least as large as the value of
7692@code{POINTER_SIZE}. If it is not equal, you must define the macro
7693@code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED} to specify how pointers are extended
7694to @code{Pmode}.
7695@end defmac
7696
7697@defmac FUNCTION_MODE
7698An alias for the machine mode used for memory references to functions
7699being called, in @code{call} RTL expressions. On most CISC machines,
ff2ce160 7700where an instruction can begin at any byte address, this should be
38f8b050
JR
7701@code{QImode}. On most RISC machines, where all instructions have fixed
7702size and alignment, this should be a mode with the same size and alignment
7703as the machine instruction words - typically @code{SImode} or @code{HImode}.
7704@end defmac
7705
7706@defmac STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS
7707In normal operation, the preprocessor expands @code{__STDC__} to the
7708constant 1, to signify that GCC conforms to ISO Standard C@. On some
7709hosts, like Solaris, the system compiler uses a different convention,
7710where @code{__STDC__} is normally 0, but is 1 if the user specifies
7711strict conformance to the C Standard.
7712
7713Defining @code{STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS} makes GNU CPP follows the host
7714convention when processing system header files, but when processing user
7715files @code{__STDC__} will always expand to 1.
7716@end defmac
7717
1efcb8c6
JM
7718@hook TARGET_C_PREINCLUDE
7719
88b0e79e
JC
7720@hook TARGET_CXX_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
7721
09cff37b
NS
7722@defmac SYSTEM_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
7723Define this macro if the system header files do not support C++@.
7724This macro handles system header files by pretending that system
7725header files are enclosed in @samp{extern "C" @{@dots{}@}}.
38f8b050
JR
7726@end defmac
7727
7728@findex #pragma
7729@findex pragma
7730@defmac REGISTER_TARGET_PRAGMAS ()
7731Define this macro if you want to implement any target-specific pragmas.
7732If defined, it is a C expression which makes a series of calls to
7733@code{c_register_pragma} or @code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion}
7734for each pragma. The macro may also do any
7735setup required for the pragmas.
7736
7737The primary reason to define this macro is to provide compatibility with
7738other compilers for the same target. In general, we discourage
7739definition of target-specific pragmas for GCC@.
7740
7741If the pragma can be implemented by attributes then you should consider
7742defining the target hook @samp{TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES} as well.
7743
7744Preprocessor macros that appear on pragma lines are not expanded. All
7745@samp{#pragma} directives that do not match any registered pragma are
7746silently ignored, unless the user specifies @option{-Wunknown-pragmas}.
7747@end defmac
7748
7749@deftypefun void c_register_pragma (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *))
7750@deftypefunx void c_register_pragma_with_expansion (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *))
7751
7752Each call to @code{c_register_pragma} or
7753@code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} establishes one pragma. The
7754@var{callback} routine will be called when the preprocessor encounters a
7755pragma of the form
7756
7757@smallexample
7758#pragma [@var{space}] @var{name} @dots{}
7759@end smallexample
7760
7761@var{space} is the case-sensitive namespace of the pragma, or
7762@code{NULL} to put the pragma in the global namespace. The callback
7763routine receives @var{pfile} as its first argument, which can be passed
7764on to cpplib's functions if necessary. You can lex tokens after the
7765@var{name} by calling @code{pragma_lex}. Tokens that are not read by the
7766callback will be silently ignored. The end of the line is indicated by
7767a token of type @code{CPP_EOF}. Macro expansion occurs on the
7768arguments of pragmas registered with
7769@code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} but not on the arguments of
7770pragmas registered with @code{c_register_pragma}.
7771
7772Note that the use of @code{pragma_lex} is specific to the C and C++
7773compilers. It will not work in the Java or Fortran compilers, or any
7774other language compilers for that matter. Thus if @code{pragma_lex} is going
7775to be called from target-specific code, it must only be done so when
7776building the C and C++ compilers. This can be done by defining the
7777variables @code{c_target_objs} and @code{cxx_target_objs} in the
7778target entry in the @file{config.gcc} file. These variables should name
7779the target-specific, language-specific object file which contains the
7780code that uses @code{pragma_lex}. Note it will also be necessary to add a
7781rule to the makefile fragment pointed to by @code{tmake_file} that shows
7782how to build this object file.
7783@end deftypefun
7784
38f8b050 7785@defmac HANDLE_PRAGMA_PACK_WITH_EXPANSION
24a57808 7786Define this macro if macros should be expanded in the
38f8b050
JR
7787arguments of @samp{#pragma pack}.
7788@end defmac
7789
38f8b050
JR
7790@defmac TARGET_DEFAULT_PACK_STRUCT
7791If your target requires a structure packing default other than 0 (meaning
7792the machine default), define this macro to the necessary value (in bytes).
7793This must be a value that would also be valid to use with
7794@samp{#pragma pack()} (that is, a small power of two).
7795@end defmac
7796
7797@defmac DOLLARS_IN_IDENTIFIERS
7798Define this macro to control use of the character @samp{$} in
7799identifier names for the C family of languages. 0 means @samp{$} is
7800not allowed by default; 1 means it is allowed. 1 is the default;
7801there is no need to define this macro in that case.
7802@end defmac
7803
38f8b050
JR
7804@defmac INSN_SETS_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn})
7805Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the
7806delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn},
7807even if they appear to use a resource set or clobbered in @var{insn}.
7808@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}; GCC knows that
7809every @code{call_insn} has this behavior. On machines where some @code{insn}
7810or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and hence has this behavior,
7811you should define this macro.
7812
7813You need not define this macro if it would always return zero.
7814@end defmac
7815
7816@defmac INSN_REFERENCES_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn})
7817Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the
7818delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn},
7819even if they appear to set or clobber a resource referenced in @var{insn}.
7820@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}. On machines where
7821some @code{insn} or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and its operands
7822are registers whose use is actually in the subroutine it calls, you should
7823define this macro. Doing so allows the delay slot scheduler to move
7824instructions which copy arguments into the argument registers into the delay
7825slot of @var{insn}.
7826
7827You need not define this macro if it would always return zero.
7828@end defmac
7829
7830@defmac MULTIPLE_SYMBOL_SPACES
7831Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if, in some cases,
7832global symbols from one translation unit may not be bound to undefined
7833symbols in another translation unit without user intervention. For
7834instance, under Microsoft Windows symbols must be explicitly imported
7835from shared libraries (DLLs).
7836
7837You need not define this macro if it would always evaluate to zero.
7838@end defmac
7839
7ca35180 7840@hook TARGET_MD_ASM_ADJUST
38f8b050
JR
7841
7842@defmac MATH_LIBRARY
7843Define this macro as a C string constant for the linker argument to link
d9d16a19
JM
7844in the system math library, minus the initial @samp{"-l"}, or
7845@samp{""} if the target does not have a
38f8b050
JR
7846separate math library.
7847
d9d16a19 7848You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"m"} is wrong.
38f8b050
JR
7849@end defmac
7850
7851@defmac LIBRARY_PATH_ENV
7852Define this macro as a C string constant for the environment variable that
7853specifies where the linker should look for libraries.
7854
7855You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"LIBRARY_PATH"}
7856is wrong.
7857@end defmac
7858
7859@defmac TARGET_POSIX_IO
7860Define this macro if the target supports the following POSIX@ file
7861functions, access, mkdir and file locking with fcntl / F_SETLKW@.
7862Defining @code{TARGET_POSIX_IO} will enable the test coverage code
7863to use file locking when exiting a program, which avoids race conditions
7864if the program has forked. It will also create directories at run-time
7865for cross-profiling.
7866@end defmac
7867
7868@defmac MAX_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTE
7869
7870A C expression for the maximum number of instructions to execute via
7871conditional execution instructions instead of a branch. A value of
bd1cd0d0 7872@code{BRANCH_COST}+1 is the default.
38f8b050
JR
7873@end defmac
7874
7875@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr})
7876Used if the target needs to perform machine-dependent modifications on the
7877conditionals used for turning basic blocks into conditionally executed code.
7878@var{ce_info} points to a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which
7879contains information about the currently processed blocks. @var{true_expr}
7880and @var{false_expr} are the tests that are used for converting the
7881then-block and the else-block, respectively. Set either @var{true_expr} or
7882@var{false_expr} to a null pointer if the tests cannot be converted.
7883@end defmac
7884
7885@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_MULTIPLE_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{bb}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr})
7886Like @code{IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS}, but used when converting more complicated
7887if-statements into conditions combined by @code{and} and @code{or} operations.
7888@var{bb} contains the basic block that contains the test that is currently
7889being processed and about to be turned into a condition.
7890@end defmac
7891
7892@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_INSN (@var{ce_info}, @var{pattern}, @var{insn})
7893A C expression to modify the @var{PATTERN} of an @var{INSN} that is to
7894be converted to conditional execution format. @var{ce_info} points to
7895a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which contains information
7896about the currently processed blocks.
7897@end defmac
7898
7899@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_FINAL (@var{ce_info})
7900A C expression to perform any final machine dependent modifications in
7901converting code to conditional execution. The involved basic blocks
7902can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7903to by @var{ce_info}.
7904@end defmac
7905
7906@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_CANCEL (@var{ce_info})
7907A C expression to cancel any machine dependent modifications in
7908converting code to conditional execution. The involved basic blocks
7909can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7910to by @var{ce_info}.
7911@end defmac
7912
67a0732f
SB
7913@defmac IFCVT_MACHDEP_INIT (@var{ce_info})
7914A C expression to initialize any machine specific data for if-conversion
7915of the if-block in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7916to by @var{ce_info}.
38f8b050
JR
7917@end defmac
7918
7919@hook TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG
38f8b050
JR
7920
7921@hook TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
38f8b050
JR
7922
7923@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_DECL
38f8b050
JR
7924
7925@hook TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN
7926
d66f5459 7927@hook TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN
38f8b050 7928
c6447c20
RS
7929@hook TARGET_CHECK_BUILTIN_CALL
7930
08914aaa 7931@hook TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN
38f8b050 7932
ea679d55
JG
7933@hook TARGET_GIMPLE_FOLD_BUILTIN
7934
3649b9b7 7935@hook TARGET_COMPARE_VERSION_PRIORITY
3649b9b7
ST
7936
7937@hook TARGET_GET_FUNCTION_VERSIONS_DISPATCHER
3649b9b7
ST
7938
7939@hook TARGET_GENERATE_VERSION_DISPATCHER_BODY
3649b9b7 7940
74b5fcf7
KL
7941@hook TARGET_PREDICT_DOLOOP_P
7942
603a4ad4
KL
7943@hook TARGET_HAVE_COUNT_REG_DECR_P
7944
7945@hook TARGET_DOLOOP_COST_FOR_GENERIC
7946
7947@hook TARGET_DOLOOP_COST_FOR_ADDRESS
7948
1d0216c8
RS
7949@hook TARGET_CAN_USE_DOLOOP_P
7950
38f8b050
JR
7951@hook TARGET_INVALID_WITHIN_DOLOOP
7952
aafa38b5
JG
7953@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_DOLOOP_MODE
7954
78e4f1ad
UB
7955@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_COMBINED_INSN
7956
4b4de898
JR
7957@hook TARGET_CAN_FOLLOW_JUMP
7958
38f8b050 7959@hook TARGET_COMMUTATIVE_P
38f8b050
JR
7960
7961@hook TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE
7962
38f8b050 7963@hook TARGET_UNSPEC_MAY_TRAP_P
38f8b050
JR
7964
7965@hook TARGET_SET_CURRENT_FUNCTION
38f8b050
JR
7966
7967@defmac TARGET_OBJECT_SUFFIX
7968Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix for object
7969files on your target machine. If you do not define this macro, GCC will
7970use @samp{.o} as the suffix for object files.
7971@end defmac
7972
7973@defmac TARGET_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX
7974Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix to be
7975automatically added to executable files on your target machine. If you
7976do not define this macro, GCC will use the null string as the suffix for
7977executable files.
7978@end defmac
7979
7980@defmac COLLECT_EXPORT_LIST
7981If defined, @code{collect2} will scan the individual object files
7982specified on its command line and create an export list for the linker.
7983Define this macro for systems like AIX, where the linker discards
7984object files that are not referenced from @code{main} and uses export
7985lists.
7986@end defmac
7987
38f8b050 7988@hook TARGET_CANNOT_MODIFY_JUMPS_P
38f8b050 7989
38f8b050 7990@hook TARGET_HAVE_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTION
38f8b050 7991
2e0f1341
ZC
7992@hook TARGET_GEN_CCMP_FIRST
7993
7994@hook TARGET_GEN_CCMP_NEXT
7995
e5e164ef
L
7996@hook TARGET_GEN_MEMSET_SCRATCH_RTX
7997
38f8b050 7998@hook TARGET_LOOP_UNROLL_ADJUST
38f8b050
JR
7999
8000@defmac POWI_MAX_MULTS
8001If defined, this macro is interpreted as a signed integer C expression
8002that specifies the maximum number of floating point multiplications
8003that should be emitted when expanding exponentiation by an integer
8004constant inline. When this value is defined, exponentiation requiring
8005more than this number of multiplications is implemented by calling the
8006system library's @code{pow}, @code{powf} or @code{powl} routines.
8007The default value places no upper bound on the multiplication count.
8008@end defmac
8009
8010@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_INCLUDES (const char *@var{sysroot}, const char *@var{iprefix}, int @var{stdinc})
8011This target hook should register any extra include files for the
8012target. The parameter @var{stdinc} indicates if normal include files
8013are present. The parameter @var{sysroot} is the system root directory.
8014The parameter @var{iprefix} is the prefix for the gcc directory.
8015@end deftypefn
8016
8017@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_PRE_INCLUDES (const char *@var{sysroot}, const char *@var{iprefix}, int @var{stdinc})
8018This target hook should register any extra include files for the
8019target before any standard headers. The parameter @var{stdinc}
8020indicates if normal include files are present. The parameter
8021@var{sysroot} is the system root directory. The parameter
8022@var{iprefix} is the prefix for the gcc directory.
8023@end deftypefn
8024
8025@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_OPTF (char *@var{path})
8026This target hook should register special include paths for the target.
8027The parameter @var{path} is the include to register. On Darwin
8028systems, this is used for Framework includes, which have semantics
8029that are different from @option{-I}.
8030@end deftypefn
8031
8032@defmac bool TARGET_USE_LOCAL_THUNK_ALIAS_P (tree @var{fndecl})
8033This target macro returns @code{true} if it is safe to use a local alias
8034for a virtual function @var{fndecl} when constructing thunks,
8035@code{false} otherwise. By default, the macro returns @code{true} for all
8036functions, if a target supports aliases (i.e.@: defines
8037@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF}), @code{false} otherwise,
8038@end defmac
8039
8040@defmac TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES
8041If defined, this macro is the name of a global variable containing
8042target-specific format checking information for the @option{-Wformat}
8043option. The default is to have no target-specific format checks.
8044@end defmac
8045
8046@defmac TARGET_N_FORMAT_TYPES
8047If defined, this macro is the number of entries in
8048@code{TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES}.
8049@end defmac
8050
8051@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES
8052If defined, this macro is the name of a global variable containing
8053target-specific format overrides for the @option{-Wformat} option. The
8054default is to have no target-specific format overrides. If defined,
8055@code{TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES} must be defined, too.
8056@end defmac
8057
8058@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES_COUNT
8059If defined, this macro specifies the number of entries in
8060@code{TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES}.
8061@end defmac
8062
8063@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_INIT
8064If defined, this macro specifies the optional initialization
8065routine for target specific customizations of the system printf
8066and scanf formatter settings.
8067@end defmac
8068
38f8b050 8069@hook TARGET_INVALID_ARG_FOR_UNPROTOTYPED_FN
38f8b050
JR
8070
8071@hook TARGET_INVALID_CONVERSION
38f8b050
JR
8072
8073@hook TARGET_INVALID_UNARY_OP
38f8b050
JR
8074
8075@hook TARGET_INVALID_BINARY_OP
38f8b050 8076
38f8b050 8077@hook TARGET_PROMOTED_TYPE
38f8b050
JR
8078
8079@hook TARGET_CONVERT_TO_TYPE
38f8b050 8080
65ef05d0
RS
8081@hook TARGET_VERIFY_TYPE_CONTEXT
8082
38f8b050
JR
8083@defmac OBJC_JBLEN
8084This macro determines the size of the objective C jump buffer for the
8085NeXT runtime. By default, OBJC_JBLEN is defined to an innocuous value.
8086@end defmac
8087
8088@defmac LIBGCC2_UNWIND_ATTRIBUTE
8089Define this macro if any target-specific attributes need to be attached
ff2ce160 8090to the functions in @file{libgcc} that provide low-level support for
38f8b050
JR
8091call stack unwinding. It is used in declarations in @file{unwind-generic.h}
8092and the associated definitions of those functions.
8093@end defmac
8094
8095@hook TARGET_UPDATE_STACK_BOUNDARY
38f8b050
JR
8096
8097@hook TARGET_GET_DRAP_RTX
38f8b050 8098
d10f3e90 8099@hook TARGET_ZERO_CALL_USED_REGS
8100
38f8b050 8101@hook TARGET_ALLOCATE_STACK_SLOTS_FOR_ARGS
38f8b050
JR
8102
8103@hook TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR
57c5ab1b 8104
dfe06d3e
JJ
8105@hook TARGET_ASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET
8106
5dcfdccd 8107@hook TARGET_MEMMODEL_CHECK
5dcfdccd 8108
57c5ab1b 8109@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_TEST_AND_SET_TRUEVAL
2f251a05
AI
8110
8111@hook TARGET_HAS_IFUNC_P
267bac10 8112
fceec4d3
AM
8113@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_ALIGN_FOR_MODE
8114
267bac10 8115@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_ASSIGN_EXPAND_FENV
807e902e 8116
ec6fe917
IV
8117@hook TARGET_RECORD_OFFLOAD_SYMBOL
8118
c713ddc0
BS
8119@hook TARGET_OFFLOAD_OPTIONS
8120
807e902e
KZ
8121@defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT
8122
8123On older ports, large integers are stored in @code{CONST_DOUBLE} rtl
8124objects. Newer ports define @code{TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT} to be nonzero
8125to indicate that large integers are stored in
8126@code{CONST_WIDE_INT} rtl objects. The @code{CONST_WIDE_INT} allows
8127very large integer constants to be represented. @code{CONST_DOUBLE}
8128is limited to twice the size of the host's @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}
8129representation.
8130
8131Converting a port mostly requires looking for the places where
8132@code{CONST_DOUBLE}s are used with @code{VOIDmode} and replacing that
8133code with code that accesses @code{CONST_WIDE_INT}s. @samp{"grep -i
8134const_double"} at the port level gets you to 95% of the changes that
8135need to be made. There are a few places that require a deeper look.
8136
8137@itemize @bullet
8138@item
8139There is no equivalent to @code{hval} and @code{lval} for
8140@code{CONST_WIDE_INT}s. This would be difficult to express in the md
8141language since there are a variable number of elements.
8142
8143Most ports only check that @code{hval} is either 0 or -1 to see if the
8144value is small. As mentioned above, this will no longer be necessary
8145since small constants are always @code{CONST_INT}. Of course there
8146are still a few exceptions, the alpha's constraint used by the zap
8147instruction certainly requires careful examination by C code.
8148However, all the current code does is pass the hval and lval to C
8149code, so evolving the c code to look at the @code{CONST_WIDE_INT} is
8150not really a large change.
8151
8152@item
8153Because there is no standard template that ports use to materialize
8154constants, there is likely to be some futzing that is unique to each
8155port in this code.
8156
8157@item
8158The rtx costs may have to be adjusted to properly account for larger
8159constants that are represented as @code{CONST_WIDE_INT}.
8160@end itemize
8161
8162All and all it does not take long to convert ports that the
8163maintainer is familiar with.
8164
8165@end defmac
40af5894 8166
425fc685
RE
8167@hook TARGET_HAVE_SPECULATION_SAFE_VALUE
8168
8169@hook TARGET_SPECULATION_SAFE_VALUE
8170
40af5894 8171@hook TARGET_RUN_TARGET_SELFTESTS
3bd87832
MM
8172
8173@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_CAN_TAG_ADDRESSES
0854b584
MM
8174
8175@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_TAG_SIZE
8176
8177@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_GRANULE_SIZE
8178
8179@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_INSERT_RANDOM_TAG
8180
8181@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_ADD_TAG
8182
8183@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_SET_TAG
8184
8185@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_EXTRACT_TAG
8186
8187@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_UNTAGGED_POINTER
8cdcea51
SH
8188
8189@hook TARGET_GCOV_TYPE_SIZE